Images (2)
Document
| id |
id
28275744
|
|---|---|
| contentType |
contentType
document
|
| source |
source
import
|
Source image fields (6)
Extracted text
OCR Page 1 of 2distriction
Vege
Alcohol for This
Bie
York
may welcom bis 10 or to entress and income
- 11/3/24
IX
50
Mr for understands Travel development to
- 21/2/31
16%
Applicable -
- with = C
(Priceral More Bank or The Tax)
10/20
122
Speciality Company of Good
- = Tarker Delhars sub viorate << 1/16
- withing 20 MC
36
and
RPAD
Tap -
254
47 rejects - 12/12 DIARY
20
Book 2
Xmit
may July 1 - December 31, 1934 remains
TN given attres mite - - was
74
issible 2019A Cig service Les PSM
11.00
158
349 Applica, Commission wt
2014, MAIN n
Dea of
-
506
Arthier
Tes DGLA
Arthish INC.
brief - of THE - Rege mell, Payker,
and Yisa - 11/22/34
204,207
Cigar 4.
vita May: Conser Gave Lateracted -
12/12/24
287
Sex also Desk IV
Protiges
We and is Banks TDA explation expenditions for
19% of Estry works they will See - at
n projection which - $ condition TXC STATE
2% to $5 Salt discasses selling TIP male
Assigns also asking Budges 5 of Use
Treatly Das you Knee not take to des - 9/9/12
6/1
Act 3012 we like Name - 22/23/34
TYRAY
Regraded Unclassified
Book Page
Aloohol Tax Unit
See Liquor
Altschul, Frank
HMJr asks him to "keep ear to ground" and Treasury
informed - 11/1/34
II
152
Informs HMJr he understands French devaluation is
nearer - 11/2/34
162
American Bankers' Association
Reynolds (Jackson E.) speech discussed with HMJr and
Harrison (Federal Reserve Bank of New York) -
10/24/34
122
American Cyanamid Company (Subsidiary of Consolidated Gas)
Suggested by S. Parker Gilbert 88 example of "big
business" wishing to borrow and expand - 8/9/34
16
Appointments and Resignations
Kemper, Mr.:
Considered for Assistant Secretary - - 12/10/34
254
a) HMJr rejects - 12/11/34
274
- B -
Bank (National) Examinations
HMJr confers with representatives of four Federal agencies
to plan uniform policy - 8/1/34
7
HMJr's plan for better coordination presented to FDR -
11/2/34
158
Banking Legislation
See Lending Agencies, Interdepartmental Committee of
Bell, Daniel 1.
See Budget, Director of
Boettiger, John
See Liquor
Brisbane, Arthur
See Gold
British Tax System
Brief summary of preliminary report made by Magill, Parker,
and King - 11/22/34
204,207
Brown, Clyde A.
Disbarment discussed with HMJr; Carter Glase interested -
12/12/34
267
See also Book IV
Budget
HMJr and Bell at Hyde Park; FDR explains expenditures for
1936 as he thinks they will bei unemployment - minimum of
#15 billion; public works - $1 billion; maximum of two,
$4 to $5 billion. HNJr discusses setting up double
budget; HMJr also mentions making Budget a Bureau of the
Treasury but FDR does not take to idea - 9/8/34
67
HMJr and Bell at White House - 12/13/34
290
Regraded Unclassifi
- B - (Continued)
Book Page
Budget, Bureau of
HMJr thinks independent agencies should be included
under Budget; FDR tells HMJr to resurrect old
Executive Order drawn up and then rescinded in
January, 1934 (thue angering Douglas)
II
68
Budget, Director of
Douglas resigns; FDR tells HMJr, Woodrum (of Virginia)
suggested by Douglas; Tom Corcoran suggested by FDR;
HMJr suggests Daniel W. Bell - 8/31/34
60
FDR determines to announce Douglas resignation at
four o'olock on Saturday afternoon preceding Labor
Day; thus story will fall flat - - 8/31/34
61
a) Newspapers get information Saturday morning
b) Bell informed of appointment
1) Civil Service status discussed with FDR -
10/18/34
112
FDR tells HMJr, Budget Director is to be responsible to
President - 10/10/34
78
Bullitt, William (United States Ambassador to U.S.S.R.)
See China
Business Conditions
HMJr's interviews in Chicago on way to ranch in Boseman,
Montana - July, 1934
1
See also Gifford, Walter 8. (President, AT&T)
W
* Viner, Jacob
- C -
Caplan Company
Chester Davis and McConnell confer with HMJr concerning
sale of molasses that Agricultural Adjustment Administration
would purchase from Puerto Rico and Philippine Ielands;
HMJr explains his disapproval of Caplan business methods -
11/27/34
195
China
See Silver: HMJr's confidential memorandum to FDR on
future policy - - 12/17/34
293,295
Bullitt tells HMJr situation is very critical; HMJr replies
he has aaked that one man and not a mission come over
from Bank of China for discussions - 12/19/34
338
Congress, Statements before, by HMJr
Treasury appropriation (1936); appeared 12/14/34
291,292
Consolidated Gas
See American Cyansmid Company
Construction
Proposed national construction program, 1936-40, as prepared
by Federal Administration of Public Works, discussed;
presents HMJr, Viner, 011phant, Bell, Coolidge, Gaston,
Heas, and Eccles - 11/7/34
165
Coolidge, Thomas Jefferson
See also Silver
HMJr discusses fiscal affairs at length at Coolidge home;
Coolidge not sure he can stay on - 8/13/34
19
Regraded Unclassified
- C - (Continued)
Book Page
Cotton
See also Lending Agencies, Interdepartmental Committee of
Coolidge reports that Feis (State Department) is assembling
committee to study German cotton; HMJr 'phones Phillips
(State Department) that Treasury is already represented
on "Seyre Committee" and he wants to avoid further
committees - 12/10/34
II
253
HMJr congratulates FDR on turning down bill - 12/13/34.
290
Coughlin, Father
FDR tells HMJr Coughlin has found him (FDR) BO strong
throughout the country, he (Coughlin) does not dare
attack him - 8/20/34
23
Crowley, Leo T.
HMJr suggests to him Governorship of Federal Reserve
Board and the placing of bank examinations there - -
9/19/34
71
Crowley-O'Connor controversy indexed, 10/15/34-3/11/37.
114
Criticized in Viner's "Loans to Industry" report -
12/6/34
252
Affidavit concerning ownership or control of stock,
et cetera - 12/31/34
357
- D -
Delano, Preston (General Manager, Home Owners' Loan Corporation)
HMJr asks "B111" Myers concerning ability - 11/14/34
190
Douglas, Lewis W.
See Budget, Director of
- B -
Eccles, Marriner S.
Desirable changes as presented by Eccles to FDR - 11/2/34
155
Selected as Governor of Federal Reserve Board (one of HMJr's
accomplishments during week of 11/12/34)
189
- F -
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
See Lending Agencies, Interdepartmental Comittee of -
(amendments to Act ready)
259
Oliphant "crowds" HMJr to give Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation $40 million revenue from check taxes -
12/19/34
319
Federal Reserve System
Desirable changes as presented by Eccles to FDR - 11/2/34.
155
Regraded Unclassified
- F - (Continued)
Book
Page
Financing, Government
FDR suggests, in coming re-financing, & five-year note
with the right to convert into a long-term bond -
8/31/34
II
61
9/15/35 - Offering 9/10/34 of two series of Treasury
notes and an issue of bonds in exchange for Treasury
certificates of indebtedness, Series TS-1934, and
Fourth Liberty Loan 48% bonds called 10/15/34 -
exchange basis only
63
a) Books closed for 12% two-year Treasury notes,
Series D-1936 - 9/13/34
64
b) Subscriptions equal $1,044,000,000 - 9/17/34
65
c) Books closed for current exchange offer of 22%
four-year Treasury notes, Series D-1938 - 9/21/34
66
d) Announcement of approximately $844 million of
Fourth Liberty Loan bonds exchanged - 9/25/34
75
e) Offering of 38% Treasury bonds, 1944-46, in exchange
for Fourth Liberty Loan bonds will close 10/11/34
76
f) Announcement that approximately $1,870,000,000 has
now been called - 10/12/34
77
Cash balance never below $1 billion - HMJr's plan; wants
major financing on quarterly basis - no further increase
in weekly amount of Treasury bills except in emergency;
wants three-months' supply of money always on hand and
so explains to Bell and Coolidge - 11/14/34
188
12/15/34 - Open Market Committee discusses - 11/27/34
233
Photostat copy of plan presented to FDR and approved by
him - 12/1/34
247
Offering for cash of $450 million 3-1/8% Treasury bonds
and $450 million 1-1/8% Treasury notes, Series E-1936;
also exchange offerings
248
a) Books close 12/4/34
249
b) Subscription and allotment figures
251
o) Final subscription and allotment figures - 12/12/34
288
Five-Year Plan
As proposed by FDR - discussed in HMJr's office - 11/7/34
165
France
Altschul (Frank) informs HMJr he understands French
devaluation is nearer - 11/2/34
162
Frankfurter, Felix
See Taxation
- G -
Germany
See Cotton
Gifford, Walter S. (President, American Telegraph and Telephone Co.)
Accompanies HMJr on Coast Guard Cutter "Champlain" to Peekskill;
discusses general business conditions - 8/3/34
8
Regraded Unclassified
- G - (Continued)
Book Page
Gold
Continuing gold shipments after nationalisation of
silver discussed by HMJr with Cochran in Paris -
8/10/34
II
16
First shipment ($1 million by Guaranty Trust) to Paris
after United States leaves gold standard - 8/14/34
20
Brisbane editorial on shipments of American gold abroad -
8/20/34
24
FDR to HMJr: "If miners in United States decide it 18
more profitable to sell gold in London, can United
States raise price?" - 8/20/34
26
$10 million in gold leaves United States and worries
HMJr; decides depressing franc may check flight; wins
Coolidge and Harrison to idea; Harrison assured
immediate devaluation is not planned - 9/4/34
62
Government Bond Market
HMJr anxious to support because of unfavorable comment
on FDR's speech and because of nationalisation of
silver - 8/9/34
13
Statement by HMJr concerning phrase "fully and unconditionally
guaranteed" as applied to Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation
and Home Owners' Loan Corporation - - 9/25/34
74
- H -
Hearst, William Randolph
See also Brisbane, Arthur
FDR tells HMJr, Hearst is planning attack on Administration;
asks that income tax returns be examined; HMJr includes
those of Marion Davies - 9/8/34
68
Home Owners' Loan Corporation
New loans stopped by HMJr (one of things accomplished by
HMJr during week of 11/12/34)
189
Housing
See Lending Agencies, Interdepartmental Committee of
- J -
Japan
Rogers gives resume there to HMJr, Coolidge, Oliphant,
Viner, and Gaston - 9/11/34
69
HMJr explains to FDR, United States is doing everything
possible to help by (1) not agreeing with Russia on
amount of debt to United States and (2) seemingly
deflating China by increased price of silver - 11/26/34..
194
Johnson, Hugh S. (General)
See National Recovery Administration
Regraded Unclassified
- J - (Continued)
Book Page
Johnston, Oscer
HMJr consults Chester Davis about Johnston's ability
to handle all agricultural credit for Treasury -
12/7/34
II
252
Jones, Jesse (Reconstruction Finance Corporation)
Criticised in Viner's "Loans to Industry" report -
12/6/34
252
- K -
Kemper, Mr.
See Appointments and Resignations
- L -
Lending Agencies, Interdepartmental Committee of
Arranged by HMJr during week of 11/12/34; HMJr to be
Chairman
189
First meeting; all banking legislation to clear through
Committee; everyone pleased except Eccles - 11/26/34
195
a) Minutes
221,229
Report of 12/10/34 conference includes:
257
a) Housing; see Ezhibit A, page 262
b) Commodity Credit Corporation
1) Extension of authority discussed
2) Cotton loans discussed
c) Publication of Viner-Hardy report discussed
259
d) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation amendments
ready
259
Banking legislation subcommittee report of 12/14/34
includes:
265
Exhibit A-1 - Outline of salient points
.
A-2 - Revised outline of salient points
1
B - Recapitulation of all classes -
solvent and insolvent
"
C - Insolvent banks - Reconstruction Finance
Corporation's old and new commitments
If
D - Solvent banks - Reconstruction Finance
Corporation's old and new commitments
#
E - Insolvent banks - Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and Reconstruction Finance
Corporation consideration
"
F - Some of banks included in forty-four which,
it is planned, Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation will take
-
G - Tentative draft of bill
Regraded Unclassified
- L - (Continued)
Book Page
Lending Agencies, Interdepartmental Committee of (Continued)
Banking legislation subcommittee report - 12/19/34
II
320
a) Federal Reserve Act amendments discussed by
Eccles, Crowley, et cetera
b) HMJr tells Ecoles, O'Connor should be present;
Eccles begs not to have his
328
Banking legislation subcommittee report considers
legislation in Comptroller's annual report - 12/28/34
348
Committee report - 12/28/34
351
a) HMJr suggests postponing consideration of draft
extending life of Commodity Credit Corporation
until budget message is made public
b) Memorandum from Special Adviser on Foreign Trade
outlines bill to establish Export-Import Bank
by statute: Russian bank to be kept separate
from Cuban bank - latter serving whole world
except Russia
c) Competition between Federal savings and loan
associations and other Federal agencies discussed
Leon, Rene
Views on European and Far Eastern financial situation -
12/19/34
330
Lindbergh, Charles A.
HMJr asks FDR if Lindbergh can be asked to be Technical
Adviser to Peoples, of Procurement Division (Central
Purchasing Agent for all planes); FDR "does not like
idea" - 11/28/34
196
Lindbergh Case
Schwartskopf (Colonel; New Jersey State Police) 'phones
HMJr to ask for Frank Wilson, of Treasury Intelligence
Unit, again - 10/31/34
142
a) HMJr tells Lindbergh personally that Wilson may
again assist - 11/16/34
192
Lippman, Walter
Calls on HMJr to discuss general world-wide financial
conditions - 11/27/34
194
Liquor
Emil Rurja "trying to put his man in" as head of Permissive
Section, Alcohol Tax Unit - 8/6/34
9
HMJr approves re-districting of field units - 8/6/34
9
Boettiger (John) comes to HMJr's rescue when reporters pound
on question of tax on liquor
9
HMJr confere with Oliphant, Opper, Mellott, Sayles, Graves,
and McReynolds on question of enforcement in dry states;
campaign to start in Texas - 8/7/34
10
Long, Buey
Walmsley (Mayor, New Orleans) gives HMJr Long's behind-the-
scenes reaction to indictments now pending - 12/20/34
319
Regraded Unclassified
X I I
Book Page
Mint, Bureau of
HMJr tells Robert he is not satisfied with protection
at Denver Mint - 12/10/34
II
253
Moffett, "Jimmy"
Farley tells HMJr personal gossip concerning - 11/27/34
195
Molasses (Philippine and Puerto Rican)
See Caplan Company
- N -
National Recovery Administration
Richberg tells HMJr of difficulties with General Hugh 8.
Johnson - 8/8/34
11
HMJr tells FDR about Johnson - 8/9/34
17
- 0 -
O'Connor, J.F.T.
Crowley-O'Connor controversy indexed 10/15/34-3/11/37..
114
Open Market Committee
See Financing, Government
- P -
Public Health Service
See also Unemployment
HMJr's telegram to McIntyre concerning "measly sum of
$1 million" - 9/12/34
72
- R -
Rainey, Henry T. (Speaker, House of Representatives)
Dies 8/19/34
23
FDR in gala mood; 'phones that Mrs. Rainey will run for
her husband's seat in Congress - 8/20/34
54
Red House Farms (Putnam County, West Virginia)
Rehabilitation project inspected by representative of
Harry Hopkins, Barton (Procurement Division),
G. E. Forbush, and H. S. Klots - 11/22/34
198
Reynolds, Jackson E.
Speech to be made before American Bankers' Association
discussed with HMJr and Harrison (Federal Reserve Bank
of New York); HMJr disapproves certain passages;
proposed speech and speech as delivered, attached - -
10/24/34
122
Regraded Unclassified
- R - - (Continued)
Book Page
Richberg, Donald
See National Recovery Administration
Roads, Public
See Unemployment
Roosevelt, Eleanor
Kiplinger expresses disapproval to HMJr - 10/19/34
II
121
- S -
Schults ("Dutch") Case
HMJr asks LaGuardia to assist Departments of Justice
and Treasury in apprehending - 11/1/34
145
HMJr discusses case with J. Edgar Hoover - 11/1/34
149
HMJr asks Doran (Distillers' Institute) to offer
$10,000 reward - 11/2/34
164
Has surrendered in Albany - - BO Hoover informs HMJr -
11/28/34
240
Schuster, Sir George
Feis tells HMJr Schuster, who controls 400 million ounces
of silver for Indian Government, was present at
Foreign Relations Committee dinner in New York; chief
consensus of opinion among big mining interests is
that as long as United States Government pushes its
program, this group will hold back silver for higher
price 11/7/34
188
Calls on HMJr as private individual; discusses handling
of finance in London and in Washington - 11/15/34
197
Conference with HMJr - 12/17/34
315
Seigniorage
See Silver
Silver
See also Government Bond Market
If
# Schuster, Sir George
Upon return from vacation 7/30/34, HMJr finds Treasury
has bought only 5,100,000 ounces in four weeks;
Coolidge says purchase has been difficult; HMJr will
take personal charge; Chase National Bank to be used
3
Silver certificates (ne $1 and $5, 1934) to be given
out by Cashier in Treasury Building - 8/7/34
10
Nationalization plans checked by HMJr with Oliphant -
8/9/34
13
Nationalization automatically effected at 11 A.M.,
Daylight Saving Time, 8/9/34, when HMJr forces
price to 49.50
14
Messages to and from FDR in Green Bay, Wisconsin,
concerning instructions for Departments of State and
Treasury
14
Regraded Unclassified
- 8 - (Continued)
Book Page
Silver (Continued)
Continuing gold shipments after nationalization of
silver discussed by HMJr with Cochran in Paris -
8/10/34
II
16
FDR and HMJr confer; HMJr explains Coolidge's lack of
belief in silver program - 8/10/34
17
Newspapers absolutely misquote program; HMJr finds that
even Coolidge doesn't understand intent; Oliphant
personally explains to New York Times and Tribune;
New York Times carries excellent story - 8/12/34
17
At luncheon with FDR, HMJr explains that he is sending
out 1934 silver certificates instead of using up large
supply of 1928 ones ($350 million worth) - 8/13/34
18
Letters signed by FDR and HMJr concerning issuance of
silver certificates - 8/13/34
21,22
Seigniorage and treatment thereof discussed by FDR and
HMJr - 8/20/34
23
a) Profit taken in after 6/14/34 to be treated as
is the gold profit and not made part of general
Treasury receipts except for seigniorage on
small silver coins and newly mined silver -
8/31/34
61
HMJr's confidential memorandum to FDR on future policy -
12/17/34
293,295
a) Williame (Harvard) and Stern (Chase National Bank)
consulted
301,303
HMJr suggests to Lochhead that a tonnage rate be placed
on United States gold and silver rather than present
rate on value of shipment - 12/17/34
306
Federal Reserve Bank of New York asks Chinese Ambassador
to transmit in code to Central Bank of China plans now
in force for purchase of silver - 12/18/34
344
Speeches by HMJr
FDR goes over HMJr's proposed first speech; rejects
paragraph stating "we are looking forward to a balanced
budget" - 8/13/34
18
"The Treasury's Finances" delivered 8/28/34
29
a) Drafts
30
b) Responses to speech
47
- T -
Taxation
Brief summary of preliminary report on British Tax System
made by Magill, Parker, and King - 11/22/34
204,207
Confidential report on special taxes now expiring, tax
changes proposed, et cetera, presented to FDR - 12/11/34.
275
Frankfurter (Felix) consulted concerning development of
program of taxation on corporations - 12/19/34
332
Regraded Unclassified
- 0 -
Book Page
Unemployment
Relation to budget discussed at series of three meetings
at White House; Ickes and Hopkins also present; HMJr
asks that they present number of self-liquidating
projects - - October, 1934
II
82
a) Confidential resumes
84,87,95
FDR "five-year plan" for construction - 11/7/34
165
FDR, HMJr, Ickes, Hopkins, Walker, and Tugwell confer
at Warm Springs; Ickes produces program - November, 1934..
246
a) HMJr tells FDR later he thinks person in charge
of program should be selected first and program
decided afterward; FDR differs vigorously
246
McDonald (Thomas H.), Chief, Bureau of Public Roads,
promises immediate program on public roads 12/10/34
255
a) FDR's plan for transcontinental toll roads
discussed
b) Report presented - 12/11/34
274
Sydenstricker, Parran, et cetera, consulted about
$10 million extra appropriation - 12/13/34
289
Unemployment Insurance
Roche (Josephine) memorandum concerning funds deposited
in Treasury - - 12/21/34
336
A I I
Viner, Jacob
Pessimistic about business conditions and tells HMJr he
cannot stay with Treasury during 1935 - 9/10/34
70
Report on survey of "Loans to Industry" criticizes Crowley
and Jones; HMJr asks Early's advice; Early recommends
letting them Bee report - 12/6/34
252
Viner-Hardy report on survey of bank credit availability
in seventh Federal Reserve district (Chicago) discussed
by Interdepartmental Committee of Lending Agencies
259
a) Resume of report
307
b) Lawrence (David) congratulates HMJr on report -
12/18/34
317
- W -
Warm Springs, Georgia
See Unemployment
Wilson, Frank (Treasury Intelligence Unit)
See Lindbergh Case
Regraded Unclassified
1
July 1, 1934.
On Mr. Morgenthau's trip to the Dude Ranch in
Bozeman, Montana, he stopped off at Chicago and inter-
viewed a number of people. The following are notes which
he made after each interview:
Babb - Allis Chalmers. Business better - 40% better.
Customers different. Big contracts. Some form of public
works. Because of regular customers failure to buy,
cannot finance. Public will not buy securities. Babb
has no bank loans. $14,000,000 debenture due in 1937. - 5%.
Collections are fair. Fear of inflation.
Hutcheson - Chrysler. On May 31st, retail delivery
was up 60% - Production up 80%. Some softening of orders.
Cars in use over 5 years old. Labor more tractable as
business goes off. Feeling of apprehension of great spending
and unbalanced budget or stabilized currency.
McKinley - Marshall Field, Last 6-7 weeke business
down to last year. Optimistic over fall but still losing
money. Hope to make 1-2 million profit. Roosevelt man.
Relief business too generous; having effect on moral fibre.
Not worried as to increasing debt. Too extreme enforcement
of code idea - should not include anything beyond wages
and hours. Very little falling off because of drought.
Avery - Montgomery Ward. Gypsum field due to
anticipation on prices, increase in tonnage up to last
month. Effect of drought much less than expected. Business
20% ahead. Last 3 or 4 weeks bad - last few days leveled
off. Rather optimistic - have cancelled considerable
commitments.
Nash. Criticize men in Washington who do not understand
problems. Particularly, CWA lavish spending. Not afraid
of President. Inflation. Making normal commitments. Very
good fall. Auto business last 30 days good.
Fred Sargent - C. & N.W. Pretty fair corn crop. Grain
is only 40% of revenue. Hopkins doing good job. Fear
of something going to happen. Not afraid of R. R. pension.
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
2
Will cost about $600,000 or about same as normal. Not
worried about Frazier-Lemke. Thinks it will stiffen
price of farmland. Attorneys of PWA should be less
technical - was going to borrow $3,000,000. Would cost
$300,000 more than to borrow private capital. Fear that
government cannot meet its own obligation. Should be made
clear that large part of money will be paid back.
McKinstry - International Harvester.
108,000 tractors to 9,000 - turned corner in May 1933.
Slideoff this April. Crop failure affects them badly.
Losing money. Increase costs. Worried about agitation of
labor. Collections - what 18 dollar going to be worth?
Collections better, particularly in south. Been able to
increase cost to farmer enough to offset cost. Very
pessimistic.
Stuart - Quaker Oats.
Normal. April-May let up. Last 3-4 weeks pick up.
Worried about price control. Should draft business men on
Government Commissions.
Brown - 1st National.
Does not see in near future any demand for money. Would
like to see Washington leave everybody alone for awhile.
Long term Government securities not going into hands of
investors. Fall moderately better. They are now regulated
from 4 to 5 sources-too many!
Thorp - Illinois Steel Company.
Think mill business will be off for a month - In the
fall, gradually recovering. Labor greatest menace. Last
month made first profit in 36 months. To some extent
moderately anticipated their future needs. Not for F.D.R.
Thomas Wilson.
has been unfair and untruthful. No new capital needed. Bond
Says Davis was satisfied - Tugwell in recent statements
issue due 1941 - 6%. Lard 18 working off. Last month killed
only 20% of hogs. 28% less hogs this spring. 38% less this
fall now expected. Headed towards a real shortage of hoge
next spring. Beef situation will get better. Industry in
good financial shape. He wants to help.
Regraded Unclassified
August lst.
3
Returned to the office in Washington on July 30th
and much to my surprise found in the four weeks that I was
absent that the Treasury had only bought 5,100,000 OZ. of
silver. Talked with Coolidge who said it had been very
difficult to buy silver. He had a plan in which he pro-
posed to buy each year only the world output in order not
to draw on China and India for silver. He tried his best to
persuade me from starting an aggressive buy campaign and
urged me to wait until the President returned when we could
discuss the matter with him. Coolidge said, let me take
the blame for not buying silver. I told him that this was
an obligation which the President had placed on me and I
would feel that the President had every right to critcize
me on his return if he found that we had bought so little
silver. I told Coolidge that I would personally take
charge of the buying and expected to run it up to 4934 and
then nationalize. I told him after we had done that we
could then sit down and discuss the next step. Coolidge
argued that if we nationalized here that the International
speculators would then buy silver in London and would be
very apt to run it up to 65¢. I told him that I doubted
this very much, especially if we would rest on our oars
after we reached the 50# price. Monday night I told Crane
to try and buy in London Tuesday morning at the fixing
22 million OZ. at the equivalent orice of 46.05. AS a
result of this order we got 650,000 oz. at 46.05
I sent the following cable to the President:
"Returned Washington today feeling grand. Lots of work
to do. Will not meet you unless you wish it. During
my absence Treasury had bought only five million one
hundred thousand ounces of silver stop. "m planning
to buy aggressively until price reaches forty nine and
one half cents. Looking forward to seeing you with
great pleasure on your return. Best regards.
I received the following answer on Tuesday:
It is not necessary that you meet me. Glad you had
"Appy 'Olliday". Also very glad you are going to push
the purchase of silver".
Tuesday, July 31st, we purchased in N.Y. 400,000 02
of silver at 46.45 Between 3 and 4 P.M. Standard Time I
gave Crane the following order to purchase 1,850,000 OZ,
of silver at 20 7/16, We gave the London price in order to
avoid the difference in foreign exch ange. We are using
the Chase Bank to execute these orders as I understand that
their London office is about the best amongst the American
Bankers.
Marvin MoIntyre lunched with me and he gave me a lot
of gossip. He said that while the San Francisco strike
was on that for 48 hours it was almost like warfare. He
said "Perky" meaning Miss Perkins was grand. During this
whole period she was down in Miami as her sister was very
111, but she was constantly on the telephone. He said
Perky used me the way the President did and would give me
suggestions and I would talk to the people the way she could
not on account of her being a woman. He said General
Johnson called him from Portland and argued with him about
going to San Francisco, Mc said, I told the General why
ask my advice, you never take it anyway. After much dis-
cussion in trying to get the General to limit himself to
two speeches and then return to Washington they finally
agreed that the General could go to San Francisco as a
private citizen. If anything went wrong, he was there
without the White House sanction. With that understanding
the Gneral went to San Francisco.
Mc tells me that Jimmy Moffett has been separated from
nis wife for a dozen years and I gather lives with a Mrs.
Moran, a very wealthy woman. Mc says we have to have some
people who are inside the lines of the enemy (meaning
critics of the administration). He says that Mrs. Мофап
is very wealthy and is very heavily in stocks at the present
time and on account of her fondness for Moffett is ready to
doublecross any of her associates. I gather that Mrs.
Moran is operating in stocks with the real big operators in
N.Y., and the intimation is that she is doing so now. Mc
wanted me to play golf with Moffett Wednesday afternoon
also with Kennedy. I told him that I really didn't have
time for golf during the week. Comment: With this informa-
Jimmy Moffett certainly bears watching as Mr. Sykes told
me when I was out west that Moffett was fired by the S.O.
Co. of N.J. and is known as a great boozer. Mc was rather
critical of Louis Howe and said someday Louis is going to
go too far and the boss is going to give him an awful
spanking. The trouble with Louis today is that he is not
in touch with things but he keeps on giving orders on im-
portant matters when he really is not posted. I asked Mc.
to telegraph the Pres. about reappointing Adolph Miller
from the Richmond district rather than Calif. in order to
make room for Marriner Eccles. Mc said he would do it. He
said he did not know Eccles well but the little he did know
of him was good. Mc was extremely friendly - in fact, more
so ban I have ever seen him.
Had breakfast with Capt. Sayles who made & much better
impression on me than he had before. He 1s handling a lot
of the under cover work himself and I feel quite encouraged.
at 5 o'clock I went over to the Procurement Division
and talked to the architects for 45 minutes. When I was
5
through, I felt I had really done & good job. I explained
to them that I was going to give them the opportunity to
turn out economical, good-looking utilitarian buildings
rapidly; that I believed in re-firing rather than firing;
that I appreciated the policy heretofore had been to build a
mausoleum type of building but that that would have to stop:
that I had taken Congressmen McDuffy off the shoulders of
dmiral Peoples as I was always glad to relieve them of the
potitical pressure and that I had explained to the Congress-
man that we could save $30,000. I told the group that
possibly I was twelve months ahead of my time but just as
sure as I was sitting there, within the next 12 or 18 months
economy would again be the policy cry in Washington and
that I wanted this Division of the Treasury to show the way.
The interesting reaction from men like Reynolds was, of
course, Mr. Secretary, we want to do this but it has been the
outside architects who have been insisting on the extra
luxurious oramentation. This was particularly amusing to
me because Reynolds was amongst those who said it was a
tremendous mistake to discontinue using outside architects.
Simons, the head architect, also mentioned that the former
Assistant Secretary under Mills used to urge them to build
more extravagant buildings. I left there feeling that I
got over to the group the spirit with which I wish them to
carry on their work and I feel that the personal contact was
worth ten times as much as any possible written orders that
I could have given them. Peobles, when I left, was very
much pleased and I feel that I have won him over entirely
to my attitude in this matter.
August 2nd.
Telephoned Coolidge Wednesday morning and after read-
ing a little squib in the N.Y. Tribune in the financial
news that the dealers who have bought the new Farm Credit
3% $100,000,000 issue were sore because the price was off.
I told Coolidge to buy $5,000,000 worth or Postal Savings.
He first protested mildly saying that he had counted on
using Postal bavings money to supply the Farm Credit Ad-
ministration with the $25,000,000 that they needed each
month. Then Coolidge said that it had been in his mind to
speak to me about supporting the market in the F.C. 3%.
Ten minutes past 11 o'clock D.L.S. I called up Burgess of
the Federal Reserve of N.Y. and asked him if he had bought
any F.C. 3%. He said, no, and rather crossly I said, why
haven't you ? Besaid how do you know that I have not and
I said because I am getting quotations every 15 minutes
and the price is dropping. I wish you would go ahead and
buy some. He called me back in five minutes and said, I
bought $1,000,000 worth and with a smile in his voice he
said, my but you are certainly in good form. I checked with
Regraded Unclassifie
6
him again several times during the day and after the market
closed he told me that he bought $3,250,000. worth, and he
said you will be interested in knowing that he, Burgess,
thought he would anticipate his needs and buy some notes
for the Federal reserve to replace bills coming due shortly.
He said just as soon as I triedto buy them they went out of
reach. He said the tone of the whole government market is
much better and he seemed to feel much more cheerful. This
again demonstrated that while the Federal Reserve and the
New York financial crowd love to criticize the Treasury
for supposedly supporting the government security market, if
we do not do it occasionally, papers like the New York Tribune
and others are only too ready to jump on our neck. Coolidge
is absolutely useless when it comes to being aggressive and
taking chances. This has been demonstrated in silver.
Yesterday we got around 11 million ounces of silver, the
whole finantial market turned the corner and I felt so happy
about it that I sent the President the following cable:
"Aggressive buying produced good results in weak
government bond market period
Bept. corn 75 1/4 up 1 7/8
Sept. wheat $1.05 up 3 1/2
Oct. cotton 13.1
Whole market turned today stocks up 2 1/2 points silver
up about once cent. period amount of silver purchased to-
day 1,575,000 ounces Tuesday 1,050,000 ounces
Henry Morgenthau, Jr.
Regraded Unclassified
7
Wednesday, "ugust 1st, I had a group in for luncheon. The
purpose of this meeting was to try to get the four federal
agencies who contact ba ks to have a uniform policy as to
examinations and request for information and eventually a
national bank policy. A number of those presnt seemed
quite frightened, particularly, Awalt, who seemed to think
that I had in mind a possibility of doing away with the
Comptroller's office. Crowley tried to use this opportunity
to clean up his preferred stock program and I had to sit on him.
Like most of these meetings there was a general discussion
leading nowhere and I finally had to assert myself and lay down
the program. I suggested that each of the four agencies ap-
point members of their staff who should work with Viner whom
I designated as chairman, and bring in a preliminary report by
Tuesday. We agreed that we would then go out and make a quick
survey in the Federal Reserve Distret of Richmond.
I argued with myself whether I should give this program any
publicity and I decided that with so many prima donnas involved
I would get much further if for the time being I claimed no
credit for this idea.
Those present at the above luncheon were: Mr. Crowley,
Mr. Awalt, HOV. Tally for Jesse Jones, Chester Morrill and Leo
Paulger of Federal Reserve, McAeynolds, Eccles, Oliphant,
Coolidge, Viner, Gaston.
Had Geo. Harrisenand Coolidge for supper. Harrison told
me that he had the following information directly from Norman -
that the reason the Germans signed the agreement with the
British to give them preferential treatment on the Dawes
Young loan was that Under-Secretary Leith Ross sent for the
Germans and said, "We give you until 12 o'clock tomorrow to
sign it. If you do not sign it at 12:01, we will seize all of
the German funds in Great Britain." The Germans tried in every
way not to sign it, came back with a frew minor suggestions and
Leith Ross told them, you sign on the dotted line and I will
not permit you to change a single word. Harrison said that
Norman thought that this was outrageous procedure. Schacht told
Harrison that they had signed this agreement against his protest
and that it was impossible for the German Government to live up
to it. Harrison said that conditions in Germany were terrible
and that they would only permit imports for an amount equal to
their exports as they gold was down to about seventy million
Reich Marks. He said, for example, they could not import any food
for their cattle and that therefore farmers were butchering their
cattle and with so much surplus meet they practically could not
give it away. Harrison was very blue about both the German and
the Italian situation. He said in Italy they have forced the
reduction in the cost of living by the most drastic and cruel
methods, hoping in this way to be able to re-establish themselves,
but Italy now finds that after going through this program she
Regraded Unclassified
8
cannot increase her exports because on account of the many
quotas set up by all countries. I gather that the situation
in Italy was also critical and that strange as it may seem
one of the countries that is doing the best is Austria.
Harrison said that America looked so good to him on his re-
turn this time. He also said that much to his surprise
the central bankers whom he met took very little interest
in our silver program. Harrison tried to pump me as to who
was to succeed Black, but of course he got nowhere. He gave
me some news, namely, that the President just before he left
told Black that he did not approve of the idea that Black stay
on as Governor and taking 2/3 of his salary from the Federal
Reserve at Atlanta and full salary here in Washington. The
President said that he thought this was a subterfuge and would
be subject to criticism. Harrison said he had heard both
Tom Smith and Eccles mentioned but I did not blink an eye
lash at the mention of either name. I think Harrison will
die if Eccles is appointed.
Dictated August 7th.
Friday, August 3rd, after meeting Henry on his return
from Europe, took Gifford, President of the American Tel. & Tel.
on the Coast Guard Cutter Champlain and sailed up the Hudson
as far as Peekskill. I found Gifford very easy to talk to
and extremely frank. Gifford said, frankly, he was very much
worried as rumors had it out of Washington that the new Communica-
tions Commission was out to get the Tel. & Tel. He said, I can-
not understand this attitude because he said nobody has ever
made big money out of Tel. & Tel. The stockholdings are well
distributed, no one person holding a large amount. I told him
my idea about wanting to find an important company like his who
would go ahead with a program of expansion at this time. He
said his company was not a good one to pick because their plant
equipment would more than take care of their present business.
He said up to the first of June the net amount of telephones in
use was on the increase but that June and July they had lost
telephones in excess of their estimates and that he was dis-
appointed. He spoke at great length of how he and other
business men were worried about the attitude in Washington -
that the 50% tax on salaries and the fact that you would not
deduct your losses against your income were all factors which
took away the initiative for a man to go out and take changes
in nis business. I pointed out to Gifford what my idea was
on inflation, namely, the printing of paper money to meet the
budget deficit. He said that this was also his idea. I then
pointed out that just as long as business holds back, the
Government would have to continue to make large expenditures to
meet the unemployment situation and would have to continue to
tax people a great deal more and more and eventually would be
driven into the printing of paper money to meet our deficit.
He said, I am awfully glad that you are seeing some of us
individally, rather than try to do what Hoover did and get a
whole group together and ask each of them how much they spend
and get a grand total and announce it. He said that this plan
Regraded Unclassified
9
had not worked at all. He said, I am a member of the Finance
Committee of the U.S. Steel ano I know that they have a big
building program on which they could go ahead if only they
felt that this was the right time to do SO. He said, I will
speak to Myron Taylor President of the U.S. Steel Corp. and
call you up on the telephone. Gifford said, you are the first
person connected with the Administration who has asked my ad-
vice and sat down and talked things over with me. He said after
this conversation I would like to meet the President. What do
you think of it. I said, excellent. By all means talk to the
President. Gifford then went ahead and said some nice things
about the President, mentioned the fact that he, Gifford, was
Class Marshal at Harvard and had graduated one year after the
President. (Monday, Gifford telephoned me and said that he
had talked to Myron Taylor but that he had not gotten very far
with him but Taylor would be glad to see me and suggested that
I get in touch with him - which I will do). While nothing
concrete may come out of this talk, I feel that if I can see
some of the leading business men and have heart to heart talks
with them, that possibly I could dispell some of their fears
of Washington. The conversation was worthwhile from my stand-
point because it enabled me for the first time to clarify my
outlook.
Dictated August 7th.
Thursday, "ugust 2nd, Helvering asked that I see Williams
because when he recommended him to me he did not know who was
back of him. Last night Emil Hurja called him up and asked
whether Williams was going to get the job; that half dozen
Senators are interested in him. He, Helvering, said he did not
know who was behind him when he recommended him - or was he
bluffing? Can you imagine Emil Hurja picking a head of the
Permissive Section of Alcohol Tax for me ?
Dictated "ugust 7th.
Monday, August 6th, Had in Mellott and Sayles and approved
their re-districting of their Alcohol Tax Units. I accepted
their recommendations just as they were made. I pushed them
very hard to clean up and finish this job so that I could an-
nounce it at my press conference at 4 o'lock - my feeling being
that while the President was absent and the newspaper men are
so hungry for news, I wanted a story to give out each time to
keep the newspaper men from asking me embarrassing questions.
They almost got my goat on pressing me on the tax on liquor.
In my enthusiasm I went a little bit too far and said that if I
can't lick the bootlegger I would be willing to go home. I am
afraid this statement will come back to roost some time - but
then I really meant it. It was very interesting that when the
boys were pounding me the hardest, John Boettiger came to my
rescue and said quite firmly - after all the Secretary is just
announcing his reorganizations, why not give him a chance ?
Monday night, August 6th, I went over with Viner, Oliphant
Regraded Unclassified
10
and Eccles the banking program which Viner has been working
one.
They made some progress but not as much as I had
hoped for.
in the afternoon Jim Moffett came to see me and did not
make a good impression at all. Very fixed in his ideas and
talks too much.
I made this statement in the evening. Eccles said,
yes I found him that way but I can talk more than he can so
I can get my viewpoint over, whereupon all of us howled with
laughter and told Eccles - yes, you could, but nobody else
could.
I kept after Bell and Broughton and finally got them to
see that the new $1. and $5. 1934 silver certificates would
be given out from the cashier of the Treasury in our own build-
ing.
Dictated - August 8th.
Yesterday had conference with Oliphant, Opper, Mellott
Sayles, Graves and McReynolds on the question of enforcement
in the dry states. It seems that there is an act of 1926
which says that anybody selling tax paid liquor in a ary
state must pay the Federal Government $1,000. If they do,
they have complied with the Federal Law and it is up to the
State to enforce its own laws. I suggested that we try out a
campaign in the State of Texas where there is & real desire for
the Federal Government to do something. A grand jury learned
that we had no money with which to buy liquor, raised $10.
amongst its own members. With this money our men went out and
bought liquor and collected $6,000 in fines. At the nference
yesterday I learned that we have money with which to buy
liquor for evidence. I told Mellott and Sayles that it was
o.k. with me to buy liquor provided that the men did not drink
it on the premises and did not take any women with them as
companions and use them to assist in the purchase of liquor.
I instructed Oliphant to send a very able attorney to Texas
to watch this experiment. Mellott wanted to go in and spring
this campaign on the State of Texas. I explained to them
that this WE ntrary to my policy, that I was much more in-
terested in having people obey the law than I was in making
arrests and therefore Oliphant is preparing for me for my
Thursday press conference a statement which will put the dry
states on warning.
Yesterday at lunch I had the following group:
Crowley, Awalt, Tally, Paulger and Morrill of the Fed. Res,
McReynolds, Eccles, Oliphant, Coolidge, Viner, Folger of the
Comptroller's office, Tim Fox, Milford and John G. Nichols
of F.D.I.C. and Governor Black. Sheehan of R.F.C. was in-
vited but he was out of town. Gaston was on vacation.
Regraded
11
We seemed to be making real progress. I asked Crowley to
bring up his preferred stock issue and I am going to try to
get Jesse Jones to make a drive and try and clean up this
preferred stock campaign by Oct. 1st.
There
is
absolturely
no excuse the way R.F.C. let this thing drag since Jan. 1st.
Frank Altschul came in while I had my supper and read
a long statement to me which he had prepared for Ray Moley.
It was a very florid, wordy statement supposedly analyzing
the fear of the country but gave no suggestions for a remedy.
"hen Frank was thru I said, that is a very pretty statement,
but does not suggest anything. I then goaded him on a little
bit and got him to talking about what he really had in his
mind, namely, the income tax, the securities act, etc. I
then said to him, give me the name of the company which wants
to be financed and I personally will assist them in getting by
the various Washington hurdles. Frank quite excitedly said,
that is just what we do not want. We do not want Washington
to finance business. I said, that is not what I suggested.
I simply said, I will try to get them by the hurdles. Mr.
Redman, counsel for the Stock Exchange, called for Frank and
he asked him in obviously showing off his friendship for me.
He repeated our conversation of what I was willing to do and
Redman said, take the Atlantic Coastline for an example. I
said, well I doubt whether that is a fair example and I pressed
him for examples of other companies, whereupon he did just what
dr. Houston *** of the Baltimore Locomotive did, he said, well
the psychological attitude of companies is not right for the
moment to borrow money. I said well that is the same story I
get from anybody when you press them for an example of a com-
pany that has a good balance sheet making a little money who
wants to borrow some money for expansion purposes - everybody
backs away and talks about the psychological attitude.
At 8 P.M. Peoples, Viner, Oliphant and Richberg came to
see me. We talked generalities for an hour. When everybody
left, Richberg asked whether he could stay. He then unburdened
his soul to me. He said that he had been thru a living hell;
that he had been in a difficult position of having two loyal-
ties - one the President and the other General Johnson because
he said, he never would have gone with N.R.A. originally if
the President had not asked him to. He says the internal
situation is just unbelievable - that the General would set up
a group and tell them to go to it and suddenly they would wake
up in the morning and find that a big hand had descended upon
them and just wipe them out. He said he was with the General
at Miami where he was drunk most of the time. He said, to show
you the kind of situation in Miami, I had to sleep with the
General and talk to him like a child and say to him, now I am
tired, General, I want to go to sleep, don't you want to lie
down? He said I would have to lie down on a bed and try to
make the General do the same in order to keep him from getting
drunker. He said at 4 o'clock in the morning Miss hobinson
knocked at the General Is door and fainted dead away and the
General had to carry her back into her room and it took a
doctor and trained nurses hypodermics for 12 hours to bring
her around because she had been drinking too much. He said
Regraded Unclassified
12
we met the President and he insisted that we get off the train
and go to White Sulphur and try to sober up the General. Re
said most of the time Robby is fighting with the General trying
to keep him from drinking to excess and making a public show
of himself and it is only infrequently that she gets drunk.
Aichberg says he considers the General a psycological, patho-
logical case and that he told him that he is absolutely destroy-
ing himself.
He said the staff of the N.R.A. is way above average; that
they know how to run it and how it should be reorganized. The
problem is to get rid of General Johnson. He said after hemming
and hawing the only way to get rid of General Johnson was to
get him a big job out side of the Government. He said that he
doubts whether Bernard Baruch would take him back now and
Johnson would not want to play second fiddle to Baruch as he
considers himself too big a man. He said one morning he decided
to go in and talk to Johnson in his office and he locked the
door to keep Robbie out. He relates that he never had an ex-
perience like it in his life. She kept pounding on the door
and shrieking that she must come in as she had a message from the
White House. Richberg said that he told the General face to
face that there were two things he had to stope - one was his
drinking and the other was the interference by Robbie in N.R.A.
Administrative matters. He said when he got thru talking to
the General he said, here is my resignation, I am thru. The
General said, what do you mean and he said, anybody who has
made the statements that I have is thru and he said you can
ask anybody in N.R.A. whether what I told you is not so about
the situation. The next morning he had Abram Harriman and
Robbie in and told them what he, Richberg, had said the day be-
fore much to Richberg's embarrassment. Johnson turned to
Harriman and said, is what Richberg said true and Harriman
looked him square in the eye and said, yes it is. Richberg said
from that day on Harriman's days were numbered.
I told Richberg the only way I knew of finding Johnson
a job was to possibly place him in one of the companys that
H.F.C. had a large stock interest. He thought this was a grand
idea.
We both agreed that the N.R.A. was the contact point of
American businessmen with Washington and that just as long as
this internal situation in N.R.A. existed of course American
business men could have not confidence in the Government in
Washington.
I am not going to leave a stone unturned to get the
President to remove Johnson. I do not know how I can spend my
time to better advantage.
Yesterday, Aug. 7th, I spoke to Dr. Doran, Supervisor
Distillers' Code Authority, and asked him for copies of his ad-
vertising campaign that he is running for the next 90 days.
He promised to send me copies of the telegrams.
Regraded Unclassified
13
Dictated
August 10th.
aug. 9
Got to the office at 8:30. Found Oliphant waiting for
me. We immediately begm to check our plans for the nationaliza-
tion of silver. At 9 o'clock Coolidge came in and showed me
that $22,000,000 worth of bids on the Home Owners Loan were
under 99. He recommended that we reject these and buy them
for Postal Savings. I accepted his recommendation. Later in
the day he said that he would put in an order and buy in Home
Owners bonds at 99 / in order to steady the market. I was de-
lighted that he should originate this suggestion. In the
middle of the morning I noticed the Government bond market
was going badly and suggested to Coolidge that we buy $10,000,000
for Federal Deposit Insurance and he said o.k. About half hour
later I noticed the market was still continuing to go badly and
I called up Burgess and found that he had bought a little over
$2,000,000. I urged him to be more agressive. He said, do you
want me to push them up regardless and I said, no. I said, try
to have them close half way up from yesterday S close. He said
fine. I called him again with Coolidge in the office and he
said he had about used up the $10,000,000 and should he go ahead,
and we both said yes. I asked him to call me just as soon as
the market closed but at 3:30 D.L.S. time, not having heard from
Burgess I called him and he seemed terribly excited and said
that there had almost been a panic on the stock exchange with
governments and that the market had been kept open until 3:30;
that we bought $19,000,000 worth. The reason for my being
so anxious to support the Government bond market was because
first, the unfavorable comment that came over the ticker on
the President's speech and second on account of our nationaliza-
tion of silver. I realise that until the financial district
understood what we were doing that the government market might
slump considerably and lastly, I wanted to also offset any
possible ill effects from the poor way in which the Home Owners
Loan offering went. Undoubtedly 1f we had not been in the
market there would have been a small panic in the government
bond market. There is no doubt in my mind that the Federal
Reserve for the first time did not handle the execution of the
orders well. I may be partly to blame for having contacted
Burgess directly and urging him to go forward, but on the
other hand from reading the papers and from the talk that I had
with the Wall Street Journal, I gathered that there was a
natural recovery in the market during the last hour and my be-
lief is that we were only partly responsible for the tremendous
flurry in the governments. At 5 o'clock I had a long talk
with Harrison and I am afraid I was quite excited in my conver-
sation with him. He had been at a board meeting all afternoon
and frankly admitted that he knew nothing about that had taken
place in the government market. He called me back in about
15 minutes and was very calm and collected and told me not to
worry and he said that he felt that Burgess was partly re-
sponsible in upsetting me because he talked so wild over the
phone. I asked Harrison as a favor whether he would not watch
Regraded Unclassified
14
the government market himself on Friday to see if there
were any ill effects from our Thursday's operations.
Aug 9 -Silver - At 9 o'clock I put in a call for Forster
of the White House who was with the President at Green Bay
"isconsin. I got him on the phone and told him that we
would be sending a message to the President on silver and
did he have the copy which the President was to answer.
To my pleasant surprise he said he did have it. I told
him it would be coming along in a couple of hours and
please to watch for it. I also asked him whether the
President would care to have me get on the train at Balti-
more and ride with him to Washington.
Richard L. Jervis, On Board President's Special Train
"Give the following message to the President and have his
reply therein quoted dispatched to me at once QUOTE My dear
Mr. President COLON Pursuant to the arrangements made be-
fore you left Washington I advise you as follows and re-
quest immediate return of the reply set out below COLON
Market price for silver has today risen for first time
since middle of last June to forty nine and one half cents
a fine troy ounce, accordingly Secretary of State and I
are proceeding in accordance your written instructions of
last June 28 STOP I confirm my determination of deductions
approved by you June 28 STOP Puch determination applies
equally at this time STOP Henry Morgenthau, Jr., Secretary
of the Treasury UNQUOTE Suggested reply QUOTE Replying to
your message of today, I reaffirm my instructions of June 28
1934 to you and Secretary of State and my approval of de-
ductions determined by you and approved by me on June 28
STOP I note and approve your delivering to Secretary of
State today (Thursday, August 9, 1934) the certification
described in my instructions of June 28 and the action of
the Secretary of State in proceeding today in accordance such
instructions of June 28, thereby making the instruments
covered by such instructions my official acts effective from
today STOP Franklin D. Roosevelt UNQUOTE
Henry Morgenthau, Jr.
The above suggested message was immediately sent by the
President to me.
hen had Lochhead come into my office and he practically
stayed there for the next couple of hours. The silver market
opened up very sluggishly and I believe the first sale was
around 49.10. I told Lochhead that I wanted silver to hit
49.50. at 11 o'clock Daylight Paving Time. We had consider-
able difficulty in moving it. At 11 o'clock D.L.S.T. we told
New York to post the price of 49.50 which they did, and im-
mediately we bought a little over one million ounces and silver
automatically was nationalized. We then sent Harlan over to
the State Dept. to get Hull to sign the necessary papers and
about 11:15 D.L.S.T. Harlan phoned that Hull had signed and
five minutes later he was at the White House and the message
Regraded Unclassified
15
was on the way to the President. I got an answer from
the President about one hour later. Immediately after
we nationalized we put in orders to sell 1,000,000 02.
of silver at 49.75 for spot August and Sept. We then
fot a flash from N.Y. that they were offering some silver
at & very advanced month at 49.85 and we told them im-
mediately to put in orders to sell silver at the advanced
months at 49.85. Then Lochhead got the bright idea that
people might buy silver at 49.75 and hold it to sell it
to us at 50c so we advanced our selling orders to 49.95.
Lochhead, Crane and Cameron did a swell job because dur-
ing this period until the Commodity Exchange made up their
mind what they were going to do, we were on pins and
needles and we heaved a sigh of relief when around noon
the Commodity Exchange susjanded operations in silver and
posted the final price at 49.96, which plus their com-
mission of 5¢ equalled exactly the price of 50.01.
The morning was terribly exciting but Oliphant and
Harlan had everything in fine shape and everything clicked
beautifully. It worked out that we were ready to an-
nounce nationalization just ten minutes before my 10:30
press conference. Had another press conference at 4 in
the afternoon and answered many more questions. The
press was very friendly and I particularly enjoyed the
afternoon conference. The whole day was one of the
most exciting that I have gone thru.
At 24 o'clock Parker Gilbert came in and spent an
hour with me. He was most complimentary about the way
the Treasury had handled its financing and said some
nice things about Coolidge. I explained to him what I
was trying to do with silver, namely, that I wanted to
bring over enough silver to equal our favorable balance
of trade and make it unnecessary to continue to bring over
gold. I aked him what he thought of the idea and after a
few minutes he said he thought it was all right. AS a
matter of fact I think rather well of what you are trying
to do with silver. I then asked him if he thought I ought
to explain my ultimate silver objectives to the financiers
in N.Y. and he thought it would be unwise to do so and much
to my surprise he said that he thought the fact that the
Treasury kept
on a weekly basis and made no future
committments was one of the strengths of the Treasury's
position. In talking about the present business situation
he gave me a brand new angle. He said that the thing which
was worrying him and other business men was that companies
like General Motors and Chrysler which were doing such an
increased business came out with statements showing a dis-
proportionate amount of profits to the increased business,
and that a lot of business people were afraid that the
mounting of increased costs would gradually eat into their
profits and that they would disappear and that was one of
their chief sources of worry at present.
Regraded Unclassifie
16
I reminded Gilbert of our previous conversation that I
wanted a company that wished to borrow and have an expansion
program, etc. He said, I have not forgotten and think I
have a good example for you. He said that it is a subsidiary
of the Consolidated Gas that wants to borrow $10,000,000
partly for refunding and partly for rehabilitation. He said
we have not progressed far enough yet to need any help but I
certainly will keep your offer in mind. I asked him if he
knew of any other cases and he said that he head heard a
couple of months ago that American Cyanamid and Pittsburgh
Plate Glass together wanted to get out a floatation for some
new program but had been unable to do so. He said that they
were not connected with this company. I asked him whether
he would mind getting in touch with Bell, President of the
American Cyanamid and finding out more about the details.
Dictated August 11th
Friday, sugust 10th, woke up about 6 A.M. and started
to read the cables that came in yesterday from abroad and was
very much surprised to find in a cable from Cochoran of the
American Embassy in Paris that a six million dollar gold ship-
ment enroute from Bombay and controlled by an American Bank in
Paris was going to be permitted to continue on its way to N.Y.
The reason being given was that they could only buy fifty
thousand dollars worth of dollars - there being apparently a
shortage of dollars. This got me sufficiently excited that I
put in a call for Cochoran in Paris and had & pretty good con-
nection. Cochoran said that after he had sent that cable
dollars became easier to acquire and American interests con-
trolling gold shipments had actually taken gold off boats al-
ready loaded for N.Y. and he mentioned a shipment of gold to
arrive at Boston today which he believed they would order to re-
turn to Europe and not be unloaded here. I told Cochoran
that we did not want any gold to come over here under the pres-
ent foreign exchange rates and that if there was a shortage of
gold I was sure that we could find a way of supplying the dol-
lar. He said he doubted if that would be necessary. I asked
him to telephone Ray Atherton in London and give him the drift
of my conversation. He said he would. I told Cochoran that I
was very much pleased with the cables that he was sending me,
and he thanked me most heartily for my cable of appreciation
which I sent him yesterday.
Went down to the station to meet the President. He gave
me an appointment for 3 o'clock. Much to my surprise he saw
me at once. I told him about our most recent moves in silver.
He said, you know, it is funny, but I absolutely believe in
thought transference. He said, I woke up one night on Board
the Houston and sort of worried about what you were doing about
silver and thought well, it is time for Henry to begin to do
something. Next morning I got your telegram saying that you
started to buy, giving me the prices, etc. He said I was very
much disappointed that Coolidge did not carry out my instruc-
tions which I gave him the last Saturday I was in Washington
Regraded Unclassifie
17
and I told him to buy at least one and a half million ounces
a day. He said, why didn't he carry out my orders. I said
because Coolidge said he did not believe in the silver pro-
gram. The President's eyebrows went up and he seemed quite
annoyed, I explained to him my idea that the rest of the
world owed the U.S. a certain amount of money each month due to
our favorable balance of trade and that the world had been pay-
ing us for months in gold. My idea was that if we bought enough
silver we could stop bleeding the rest of the world of its gold
and possibly even letting gold go out of this country I
could see that this was an entirely new idea to him and that he
was interested immensely.
I told him that I thought the worst situation in Wash-
ington was General Johnson; that we ought to try to get him a
job thru the R.F.C. The President agreed that something must
be done about Johnson, but he said, getting him a job is three
steps removed and we could not reach it for over a year. I
did not tell the President that I absolutely did not agree with
him on this but I know that that is the way he likes to do
things. Of course George Peek at present is a living example
of this method.
Flew to the farm Friday evening.
Saturday morning the papers, very much to my surprise,
took the statement which had been read to me over the telephone
Friday night on silver and completely twisted it. The Tribune
particularly made it appear as though the President had over-
ruled me; that we were going to go ahead on issuing silver cer-
tificates up to the limit. When I talked to Coolidge about
noon and learned that he did not understand what we were doing,
it seemed to me that we had to do something. I also was sur-
prised to learn that governments had taken a terrific drop and
that also due to the misunderstanding of our silver policy. I
suggested that Harlan, Bell and Upham see the newspapermen and
give them an explanation. To make sure that their explanation
was satisfactory I called up the managing editor of the New York
Times and asked him whether he would tell me what report he re-
ceived over the wire from this interview. When he read it to me
I realized that these men had not explained our silver policy
satisfactorily and that something additional must be done. I
told the Times editor that the N.Y. Tribune was sending over
someone to see Oliphant (Ernest Lindley) and I suggested that they
also send someone over which they said they would do. Earlier
in the afternoon Upham told me that Lindley had asked some very
pertinent questions which he wanted answered and I felt that the
only person who could answer them was Oliphant. I therefore
called Oliphant on the telephone and asked him whether he would
not go over to Washington and see Lindley which he agreed to do.
I then called Oliphant again when he got to "ashington and told
him that they should also see the N.Y. Times man. When Oliphant's
interview was over he called me and said that he had seen both
Lindley and the N.Y. Times man, that he had gone over the situa-
tion with them three times and felt that at last they understood
it.
Regraded Unclassified
18
AS a result of this work the Sunday Times carried the best story
on silver that had been written yet and Lindley carried a fair
story.
The result of all this effort was worth while because on
Monday the financial district seemed to understand better what we
were doing and the Government bond market went up.
August 13th.
Monday - Had a long discussion with Oliphant, Viner and
Lochhead in my office as to whether we should try and let the
people in N.Y. know that we were anxious to have gold go out. of
the country. After a long discussion we decided that we would
let the Federal Reserve do it. I got in touch with Crane and
told him to let the various banks know that it would be pleas-
ing to the Treasury to see a shipment of gold go out. This
did not happen because there are several million dollars worth
of Indian gold on the way here now and the various banks are
busy arranging for the return of this gold to England and until
this operation is completed it is only natural that no gold will
leave the country. Late Saturday the Bank of Manhattan sold
us fifty thousand ounces of silver and I told Lochhead to let
the varlous banks in N.Y. know who are dealing in silver that we
were ready to buy. He did this.
Lunched with the President and was with him from 1:20 un-
til 3 o'clock. Talked a lot about silver. Explained to him how
I was forcing out the silver certificates thru the Federal
Reserve banks and in the case of the $1. bills was sending out
1934 silver certificates first instead of using up the large sup-
ply of 1928 certificates which we have on hand amounting to al-
most $350,000,000. The President said, is there not some way
that we could distribute new silver certificates at a bank near
Boulder Dam so that when the men came to have their checks
cashed they would be paid with these new silver certificates.
He said this would have a twofold effect. In the first place
it would dramatize the use of this new silver money so that the
man on the street would understand it and consequently it would
keep us from being criticized by Senator Thomas that we were
simply using the new silver certificates to take the place of
the warn out silver certificates which are returned to us. I
believe that in the case of the $5. we are doing just what the
President wants but I am looking into the whole matter of the
printing and circulation of money which is of course a new sub-
ject to me but I am educating myself by actually directing how
the money should be sent out.
The President spent almost half an hour going over my
speech. He seemed to like it very much but said that Governor
Brann of Maine wants just this kind of a speech given and I was
thinking of sending Jesse Jones up to make the speech. He said
I think you should give your speech about Sept. 5th, after
Labor Day when people have returned to their homes as during the
month of August so many people are away that you will not reach
Regraded
19
them over the radio. It is interesting how he thinks all of
these things out. 41 rather dramatic thing happened between
US. I asked him to read the last page of my speech in which
I say that we are looking forward to a balanced budget. He
tried to re-write it and then finally said, I just don't see
how you can make a statement like this because of course we
are not going to be able to balance our budget in 1936. He
said we have not provided anything for unemployment and public
works. So I said, well cross it out - which he did. But I
felt that he was very much worried over this situation.
He said you know my idea about how I think we can finance
ourselves. He said, take Boulder Dam for example, it will be
completed by 1936 and why can't we issue, let us say, four
hundred million dollars worth of bonds against Boulder Dam
which could be amorttized and retired over a period of 30 years.
He said we have a lot of projects like this and I wish you
would be thinking about it.
I gave him two letters on silver, photostat copies of
which are attached hereto, which he read very carefully and
would not sign until he thoroughly understood them.
Dined with the Coolidges. Coolidge seemed upset be-
cause the President and I do not consult him enough on fiscal
matters. He feels as Under-Secretary that he is the outstanding
expert in the Treasury on fiscal affairs. hs advice should be
sought on all matters pertaining to fiscal affairs. Had a long
discussion about silver and I explained to him that the reason
I had not consulted him on silver was because I did not believe
he wanted us to do anything on silver and that after all the
President had ordered him to buy one and a half million ounces
of silver a day and the fact that he had not done it left only
one conclusion in my mind, namely, that he did ndt believe in
it and therefore had not carried out the order. Coolidge said
he had not realized that the Resident had ordered him to do
this and if he had realized it was an order of course he would
have carried it out. I tolo him that the first opportunity
he got he ought to explain this to the President who evidently
was under the same misapprehension that I was. He talked
around some about not knowing whether he could stay, etc. and
I told him very frankly that the President would always want to
do things his own way; that he had seen now for months how I
conducted myself and that I could not and would not attempt to
sell myself to him and that either he believed and had confidence
in me or he did not. That, of course, I expected 100% loyalty
and he assured me that as long as he stayed that I would have
that. I think that one of the underlying things that is worry-
ing Coolidge is that he does not like Oliphant and that he feels
Oliphant is more important than he is. This is just a surmise
on my part. I left feeling that we had a good talk but I hope
that I do not have to have many more like it with Coolidge. I
Regraded Unclassified
20
also feel that as long as he does stay with me he will be
100% loyal. I do not have to worry about that.
Tuesday - August 14th - I called up the President and
told him that we issued licenses to the Guaranty Trust to ship
one million dollars worth of gold to Paris. This is the first
shipment since we went off gold. Told the President the price
of gold in London was up to 35.52. Quick as a flash he said,
well, maybe we will have to do something about the price of gold
in this country and I replied, please do not tease me, it is too
early in the morning. He laughed very heartily over the phone.
21
THE WHITE HOUSE
WASHINGTON
August 13, 1934
My dear Mr. Secretary:
Pursuant to the authority vested in me
by Section 12 of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, I
hereby authorize and direct the issuance of silver
certificates against silver in the Treasury not
then held for the redemption of any outstanding
silver certificates and in a face amount equal to
the amount returned for silver received at the
United States Mints and Assay Offices on and after
June 15, 1934, whether under the Proclamation of
December 21, 1933 or under the Proclamation of
August 9, 1934.
Pursuant to the authority vested in me
by Section 7 of the Silver Purchase Act of 1934, I
hereby direct that such portion of the foregoing
silver as is not held for the redemption of silver
certificates shall be added to the monetary stocks
of the United States and held as bullion in the
general fund of the Treasury, but shall be carried
on the books of the Treasury at cost.
Sincerely yours,
The Honorable
The Secretary of the Treasury.
Regraded Unclassified
THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY
22
WASHINGTON
August 13, 1934.
The Treasurer
of the United States.
Sir:
Pursuent to the authority vested in me by Section 5
of the Silver Purchase Act of 1934, I hereby authorize and di-
rect the issuance of silver certificates in denominations of
$1, $5, $10, $20 and $100 against silver in the Treasury not
then held for redemption of any outstanding silver certificates,
and in a face amount equal to the cost of the silver heretofore
or hereafter purchased under the authority of Section 3 of such
Act, whether purchased from the Stabilization Fund constituted
by Section 10 of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 or from other
sources.
The portion of the foregoing silver not held for
redemption of the silver certificates referred to shall be added
to the monetary stocks of the United States and held as bullion
in the general fund of the Treasury, but shall be carried on the
books of the Treasury at cost.
Respectfully,
Herry Maymhan
Secretary of the Treasury.
Approved:
The White House
August/3, 1934.
Regraded Unclassified
23
August 20th
Lunched with the President who said he was in a very
bad humor. He said, I have had a terrible thirteen hours.
nt Midnight they woke me up to tell me that Rainey had died.
I had to write Mrs. Rainey a telegram and sent one to Jack
Garner and he said, it thoroughly woke me up. He then want
back to sleep again and again they woke me up at 5 o'clock
when they dropped anchor. He said, I have had a terrible
time this mr ning with Hugh Johnson and Miss Perkins. Miss
Perkins carried on terribly. He did not give me any further
details.
He then said, I want to tell you something very con-
fidentially. H man telephoned me this morning who had just
spent 7 hours with Father Coughlin. He said, the Father
had been spending most the summer travelling around the
United States with his collar button in front, talking to
the people. He said that Father Coughlin had found him
SO strong that he does not dare attack him. The Father is
going to attack the anti-semites and Wallace for his
destruction of crops and he is going to sing H.M., Jr's
praises and is going to say that if the country does not
back H.M. Jr. up as Secretary of the Treasury that Roosevelt's
administration will fail.
The President sent for Monday's Washington Herald and
read Brisbane's statement on my handling money: (It is
attached on next page). The President said, I would love
to send him a sarcastic telegram on his statement - but we
need the Hearst papers. He seemed very much upset and
said, I suppose this is the way they are going to attack
us because we are letting gold go out of the country. I
told the President what Warren had told me - namely, that
he, Warren, thought we were perfectly safe in letting $35.
gold go out of the country because we would be using that
told to buy silver and Warren said there is only one way
for silver to go and that is, up and he furthermore said
he would rather own silver today than gold. I told the
President that I wish he would be thinking over whether
or not the seigniorage or profit on the silver purchased
since the 14th of June under the Silver Purchase Act should
go into the Treasury under miscellaneous receipts like say -
income tax receipts and be spent or whether we should put
it into the General Fund and treat it like the profit on
the gold so that we could not spend this silver profit un-
less directed so by an Act of Congress. I told the
President that I thought we should not treat this silver
profit as a miscellanegus receipt. It was a new idea to
him and he said he would think it over.
Regraded Unclassifie
24
(D.C.) HARALD
August 20, 1984
travelurg with the sun, on De
mysterious Journey through
Lloyd Cleorge, in his memoirs.
Today
space, toward the constellation
anya that while England was
of Lyra. That third motion,
borrowing American dollars sin
like that of a calf walking
Industriously. the "United
ground Its another, as the
States. shocked by the cost of
mother walks ACTOSS the pasture,
war, was suspicious as the Allies
Quite Easily Said.
is a spiral motion.
asked for credit." He dees not
To the three principal and
ndd, AS he might, that Ameri-
Earth's New Motion.
universally known motions, Dr.
cans would have been wise to
Banford adds a fourth, caused
refuse the credit. since all of
We Ship Gold.
by the sun. swinging in a great
"our gallant Allies" have turned
circle around the center of our
out to be gallant welshers.
What Next?
estaxy or "Milky Way" in that
fourth great movement. The
The latest display of Ameri-
All Roll Over
earth, competted to accompany
can financial rentus consists in
the sun wherever 16 goes, swings
shipping American gold abroad.
By Arthur Brisbane
through space at a speed of one
First, the Government took away
hundred and /t/tw miles per see-
any gold that American citizens
1996 by XLing Penjures
Syndicale
oud Earth turna on Its axis,
happened to have. It was too
tac)
THE BIG STEEL COMPA-
about one thousand miles an
good for them. Then we raised
hour. travela around the suo
the price of gold to $35 per
NIES talk of abandoning the
NRA code allogether, fearing
about nineteen miles IL second,
ounce, nearly doubling It. thus
or 68.400 miles an hour. The
enriching the British that own
the consequences of putting
sun drags us through space,
the world's principal gold mines.
their industry absolutely in the
control of organized labor.
toward Lora, nt twelve miles a
Now we start sending abroad
"More easily said than done,"
second. The "big swing" around
that gold, bought at fantastic
they will be told. An old home
the central point of our galactic
system is made at a speed of
prices with American laxpayers'
mired in A swamp might talk
540,000 miles an hour,
money. or taken from citizens
about "abandoning the leeches
by high-handed methods.
that cling to him," out the
Even that is not all, The
If there is among the African
leeches would cling. American
earth has all sorts of queer little
bushmen a. six months old in-
industry must go all the way
motions of Its own and it has
fant that knows less about
through the process of bellig
managed by those that never
A fifth principal motion. travel-
money than the gentlemen that
successfully managed anything
ing with our sun. and the mll-
manage the finances of this
lions of other suns in the Milky
country, that infant should be
class before. Maybe the expert-
Way, BS our little "universe"
exhibited here as. the legitimate
ment will lead to the millen-
nium, maybe not. All must hope
travels around some distant un-
successor of Barnum's "What-
known central point in space
left,"
and cooperate, even the mired
We know that the nebulae or
horse,
"outside Island universes" in
Russia uses one of the finest
zpace are all in motion. attrono-
former residences of the caars
Mr. Green, head of the Amer-
lean Federation of Labor. urges
mers actually see them moving.
as & summer and health resort
unions to drive "the Reds" from
and, of course, our star-city,
for workers.
their ranks by expelling all
called the "galaxy," moves, as
Sun baths are recommended
do the other nabulae Nothing
and are taken in mass forms-
Communist members. Mr. Green
demands that labor "make wat
stands still in the universe,
tion, Hundreds stretched out,
upon communism." That will
alde by side, gazing upward. ab-
please some frightened "best
Il Is pleasing to know that
sorbing ultra violet rays, hear a
minds." Perhaps Mr. Green
Mount Wilson Observatory
bell ring, instantly all turn over
will add A demand that racket-
makes its sidereal calculations
to take the nun on the other
cering methods be also driven
of speed and motion "with the
side. The bell rings again. and
from some unions. He can learn
aid of 146 cool red stars, SGAT-
all turn on their backs, again.
tered about the sun at distances
Surely there is in that Rus-
from business men how wel-
come that nieve would be. It
which average about 2,000 light
sian arrangement some valuable
would, however, reduce the
years or 12 quadrillions of miles.
suggestion for our Government
earnings of some important
It's a big universe and in it,
management of all activities.
"leaders."
2,000 light years of four quadril-
You could not Imagine our great
lions of miles represent A small
industrialists all rolling over at
One Item in the day's news
distance. There are nebulae
the sound of so NRA bell, but
will be news forever, OF M long
distant one billion light years
the Idea could be used in SOME,
M men live here. Dr. R. F.
from our planet. You can figure
fashion.
Sanford, California scientist of
that in miles, multiplying by
180,000. the number of seconds
This is good DONE Despite
Pasadena, has discovered and
in one thousand million years.
all our troubles. drought In-
can prove that the earth has
. fourth important motion
Anyone not interested in these
cluded, (arm incomes for 1934
added to the three with which
fourth and fifth motions ot the
are up more than one billion
you are familiar; the first,
earth and the size of the nini-
dollars. Government gives the
turning every 24 hours on Its
verse should join Plato's men.
figures an follows: For 1934.
and the second. traveling
sitting in his tamous cave, No
$5,960,000,000 For 1932, 11-
around the sun, once LE 105
trip the wall, their backs to the
558,000,000, That includes
days, in no eclipse: the Chird light.
societs paid by Government DO
farmers for NOT plantine. for
Regraded Unclassifil
25
farrow sows, later drowned
with their unborn pigs, etc.
Some suggest that the drought
was & punishment for drowning
those innocent little pigs, but
you could not imagine Provi-
dence putting an unborn pig.
eyes not even open, yet, ahead
of the plans of college pro-
fessors.
Is there too much baseball
in prison life? In the Illinois
Pontiac Reformatory, the pris-
oners were playing baseball as
usual. Only thirty guards in
charge of 2,400 men. The cus-
tomary riot broke out, prelude
to a "general break." The at-
tempt failed, for rifles "cracked"
promptly, sixteen were shot
down, some will die, three
guards were beaten. the print
shop was set on fire, flames
spreading to the laundry and
store room, prisoners yelling
"burn the whole place down."
The 2,400 prisoners were all
young men, from seventeen to
twenty-six years of age. That is
the important detail.
26
"ugust 20th
He then said to me, I now have one for you. What would
we do 1f the gold miners in the United States decided that
it was more profitable to sell their gold in London than the
U.S. Treasury. Could we raise the price of gold on newly
mined gold ? I told him I thought we could. The interest-
ing thing in his asking me this question is that I could tell
that in the back of his mind he is thinking about raising the
price of gold.
I showed him the clipping from the New York Times which
pointed out that our favorable balance of trade is about
$300,000,000 a year; that 1f we purchased that amount of sil-
ver abroad it would be just the same as purchasing that much
goods and will be helpful in stabilizing our world trade.
(Clipping attached on next page). He read the clipping very
carefully and it seemed to make a real impression on him. I
told him that Wallace had been saying that We had to increase
our imports by $250,000,000 a year and that when I had ex-
plained my silver program to Wallace that he was most en-
thusiastic about it and said this ought to see us thru the
next twelve months. In showing the President the weekly
statistics he seemed very much discouraged as to any possib-
ility of immediate pick-up in construction. He turned to
me and said very earnestly and emphatically, you tell me
what kind of a new building you need on the farm or what would
you build in New York City. He said, you can't answer me.
There is no answer. He said, I do not think that building
will increase and he said Lew Douglas has been entirely wrong
in what he has been telling me the last year.
at 7:50 P.M. my telephone rang and Grace Tully said
the President wanted to speak to me. He got on the phone and
in a very very serious tone of voice said, I am awfully sorry
Henry, but at lunch today I forgot to tell you something very
important. He said, it is something which will please you
very much. I want to inform you that Mrs. Rainey is going to
run for Congress; whereupon I burst into gales of laughter
and said to him, as a comeback, Mr. President, I think it is
terribly mean of you that you do not invite me down to your
cocktail party, whereupon he went into peals of laughter and
said, Grace and I together will drink to your health. It
certainly is wonderful for me to be on such an intimate foot-
ing with him and it is incidents like this which make me feel
how close I am to him.
August zlst.
Called Ray Atherton at the American Embassy in London at
7:30 this morning and asked him to try and find out how much
silver there was on hand in London. He said that things were
very quiet in London and that everybody was away. Called
Coolidge at 8 and asked him to consider purchasing this week
Regraded Unclassified
27
two and a half million dollars of each of our two 3% issues.
He said he thought it was a fine idea and he would see that
it is carried out carefully and very quietly. He said if
the market should go down further I would like to buy even
more and I said fine. During the morning I decided that I
must go out and visit some of the distilleries and recti-
fying plants to see how the operations are carried out as
I am sure that from actual contact I would get some good
ideas on enforcement. I also want to get word to Father
Coughlin and suggest to him that he take up the question of
liquor enforcement. I should think that this would appeal
to him.
Regraded Unclassified
28
NEW YORK TIMES migust 19, 1934
WIDE GOLD SPLIT-UP
Sliver's Effect on Balances
The problem in, however, not
quile 80 simple as that, IL in IT-
pected that the aliver purchases
SEEN IN SILVER PLAN
will themselves affect our balance
of payments. As was POOTL last
week. the mere announcement of
the nationalization of aliver and of
the Treasury's Intention of printing
aflver certificates to the value of
Redistribution of Yellow Meta
$1.29 for each ounce of allver in the
Treasury acquired prior to the SII-
Expected From New
ver Purchase Act was sufficient to
turn the balance of international
Policy Here.
payments strongly against 118, re-
suiting almost Immediately in the
loss of gold.
11 in to be expected, according to
CALLED WORLD TRADE AIC
bankers, that the continued buying
of allyer abroad by our government
will be accompanted by & tendency
for funds to leave this country or,
Many Economists Lay Recent
at any rate, by a retardation of the
movement of funds toward this
11/s to National United
country, This might be sufficient
to reduce our favorable balance of
Holdingso Cold.
payments to materially below the
Jevel at which it is now running or
even to wipe It out, If that were
the case the purchases would have
The redistribution of a bart et
to be paid for by exporting gold.
the huge gold reserves of the Unit-
Such a prospect in by no means
ed States probably will result from
disconcerting to bankers. Leading
economists here and abroad haye
the program of silver purchases
assecibed a part of the world's trou-
upon which this country has em-
bles to the so-called maldistribution
barked. The objective of a. 25 per
of gold. Mest of the prescriptions
cant ratio of aliver to gold in the
for world recovery written by on
thodox aconomists in the last few
monetary stocks of the country to
years have included a recommende-
estimated to require the buying of
Unin for the redistribution of some
about 1,300,000,000 nunces of ailver,
of the gold held by this country
at least 1.000,000,000 of which will
and France.
'iave to be obtained abroad.
Redistribution of Cold.
These large purchases can be paid
Apart from the suggestion that
for only by the United States' fa-
the United States should become un
vorable balance of trade and by
importing nation, there has been
gold exporte, Assuming that the
Mttle in the way of concrete ex-
allver could be bought at an aver-
amples of how redistribution might
be accomplished. The silver pür-
48° price of 75 centa an ounce-and
chase plan, however, whatever may
many bankers doubt that the Treas-
be its other implications to econo-
ary could Acquire so huge a. store
mists, promises to provide a means
of silver without driving the world
for this redistribution which does
price UP to our statutory limit of
not Involve the lowering of our
$1.29-at least $750,000.000 would
tariff walls or the *conversion of
have to be spent abroad.
this country into on agricultural
Last year the United States had a
economy.
favorable balance of payments of
The United States easily could af-
$210,000,000. In 1932 the favorable
ford to pay gold for the entire
balance was only $131,000,000, Our-
amount of gilver to be bought
rently the favorable balance le eath
abroad. If the purchases could be
mated to be cunning at about $25,-
made at n. total cost of about $750,-
000,000 a month. This means that
000,000, it would be possible to DAY
the United States could buy about
$300,000,000 annually of after, all
gold for all the ailver bought and
will not use the entire amount of
other things beling equal. with the
credits obtained abroad from its
gold that we have taken from the
world since the revaluation of the
favorable balance of payments. All
dollar on Jan. 31. Since that date
purchases above this amount would
International transactions to gold
have to be paid for by shipments
of gold.
have yielded this country a net in-
crease of more than $850,000,000,
spart from the gains to the mone-
tery stocks (rom newly mined gold
and address of scrap gold.
Regraded Unclassified
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
29
Washington
FOR RELEASE, MORNING NEWSPAPERS,
Press Service
Wednesday, August 29, 1934.
No. 2 - 70.
8-28-34.
A speech to be delivered Tuesday, August 28, 1934 at 8:00 p.m.
Fastern Standard Time, by the Secrotary of the Treasury, Henry
Morgenthau, Jr., over a nation-wide joint hook-up of the National
Broadcasting Company, Columbia Broadcasting System, and American
Broadcasting Company.
THE TREASURY'S (FINANCES
I propose tonight to discuss with you the cost of the New Deal. I will
avoid the jargon of the usual financial statement and will try to give you in
plain language a concise but complete explanation of the essential facts.
On March 4, 1933, when the present administration came into office, the
gross public debt of the United States stood at a little loss then
$21,000,000,000. By June 30 of this year it had increased to $27,000,000,000,
or an incroase of about $6,000,000,000. This is the gross increase in the
national debt during the first year and four months of the now Administration.
Some observers have concluded that it also represents the cost of the
New Deal during that period, in so far as such cost is reflected in a growth of
the public debt. This assumption is easily made, but it ignores the all-
important fact that, while we have increased our debt, wo have also increased
our assets, many of them in realizable form. By this I mean assets which in
due time the Government will turn into cash, thereby making them available for
reduction of the national dobt.
A good business man takes a periodic inventory of the stock of goods on
his shelves, to see if his inventory has increased or decreased. Lat us do
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
the same tonight. Let us take an inventory of the Government's assets and 866
how those assets have changed since March 4 of last year.
We begin with the Treasury's cash balance. This is the Government's
equivalent of cash in the merchant's drawer. If a merchant should find that,
at the end of sixteen months his gross debt had increased by $1,000 but that he
had $250 more in his cash register, ho would, of course, take into account the
increase in his cash when figuring the change in his financial condition. We
can follow the same practice in measuring the roal financial position of the
Government. These are the facts: -
On March 4 of last year, when this Administration came into office, the
Treasury's cash balance amounted to about $200,000,000. By June 30, 1934,
this cash balance had risen to nearly $1,800,000,000 - an increase of about
$1,600,000,000. If this gain in cash is deducted from the gross increase in
the public debt, the net increase becomes $4,400,000,000, instead of
$6,000,000,000.
But we have another cash drawer in the Treasury, in addition to the drawer
which carries our working balance. This second drawer I will call the "gold"
drawer. In it is the very large sum of $2,800,000,000, representing "profit"
resulting from the change in the gold content of the dollar. Practically all
of this "profit" the Treasury holds in the form of gold and silver. The rest
is in other assets.
I do not propose here to subtract this $2,800,000,000 from the net in-
crease of $4,400,000,000 in the national debt - thereby reducing the figure to
$1,600,000,000. And the reason why I do not subtract it is this: For the
present this $2,800,000,000 is under lock and key. Most of 1t, by authority
of Congress, is segregated in the so-called Stabilization Fund, and for the
present we propose to keep it there. But I call your attontion to the fact
that ultimately we expect this "profit" to flow back into the stream of our
other revenues and thereby roduce the national debt.
Regraded Unclassified
- 3 -
We have, then, in effect, two cash drawers in the Treasury - one containing
our working balance, which is $1,600,000,000 larger than on March 4 of last year,
and the other containing $2,800,000,000 representing the "profit" on devaluation.
But in addition to cash drawers, we also have a safe. And in that safe we have
some very valuable securities - securities consisting of notes and other obliga-
tions hold by various agencies in which the Government has an interest.
A complete statement of the net assets of this kind has never before boen
published by the Government. I am giving out such a statement this-evening
for publication in tomorrow morning's newspapers. From now on I will do this
regularly once a month. I am doing BO in order that you can always have
access to an accurate, full, and up-to-date account of the financial position
of our Government.
The assets I am now describing may be classified in two groups. The
first group consists of assets of agencies which are wholly owned by the Govern-
ment and wholly financed with Government funds. In this group belong the Re-
construction Finance Corporation, the Puolic Works Administration, the Export-
Import Banks and a number of other agencies financed entirely by the Government.
Between March 4 of last year and June 30 of this, the net increase in the assets
of these agencies amounted to $1,095,000,000.
What are these assets, and can we rely on them to contribute in due time
to reduction of the national debt? They consist for the most part of such items
as preferred bank stock and capital notes, cash, investments and other property,
and loans made to public and private borrowers.
In the Treasury we recognize, of course, that it may later be necessary to
write off certain losses. But the quality of the collateral which secures the
various loans; the good credit of our State and local governments; the record
of private business in meeting its obligations, all combine to give assurance
that the losses of the national government will not bp substantial.
Regraded Unclassified
4
So much for the first group of assets - those which will eventually be
available for reduction of the national debt. There is also a second group,
representing assets owned by agencies which are in part financed by the sale
of their own obligations to the public. In this group belong the Fedoral Land
Banks, the Home Loan Banks and other similar agencies. These assets have a
somewhat different status. They will not be available, as will those in the
first group, for reduction of the national debt. But we may note, while we
are taking an inventory of our position, that the Government's share in the
net assets of this second group has increased by $766,000,000 during the
present Administration.
We may also note, outside of the present inventory, other very real and
tangible assets in the form of better roads, better housing, hugo new dams and
power planto, modern public buildings and other projects which, financed in
whole or in part by Fodoral funds, have increased the real woalth of the country.
Finally, to complete the picture, it needs to be pointed out that the
Government has, in addition to its public debt, a contingent liability on
obligations issued by the Home Owners' Loan Corporation and by the Federal Farm
Mortgage Corporation. But these obligations were issued in exchange for
mortgages on homes and farms, conservatively appraised at values in excess of
the amount of such obligations.
Let me Gum up at this point and rocapitulate the figures I have used in
this stock-taking of our position:
The gross increase in the national debt between March 4, 1933 and June 30,
1934, amounted in round numbers to $6,000,000,000. Against this gross increase
we can offuct, either now or ultimately, the following assets:
(1) An increase in the Treasury's cash balance of $1,600,000,000; (2) the
"profit" of $2,800,000,000 resulting from the reduction in the gold content of
the dollar; (3) the increase in the net assets of the agencies wholly owned
Regraded Unclassified
- 5 -
and financed by the Government, amounting on June 30, 1934, to $1,095,000,000.
This is wholly aside from an increase in the capital investment of the Govern-
ment in agencies which are partially financed by funds raised outside of the
Treasury.
From this survey of our assets and liabilities - this inventory of the
Government's financial position at the close of the last fiscal year on June 30ml
let us turn now to the new fiscal year beginning July 1, 1934. We find that in
July and August, the first two months of this new year, the Government's ex-
penditures continued to exceed its revenues and hence the national debt con-
tinuod to increase. But this had been anticipated. Let us note the landmarks
by which we have boen charting our course.
The President ostimated in his first Budget message to Congress, that the
national deficit, including both ordinary and emergency expenditures, would
amount during the six months from January to June, 1934, to about six billion
dollars. He also estimated that the deficit for the twelve months from July,
1934, to June, 1935, would be about two billions. The total deficit thus form
cast for the eighteen months from January, 1934 to Juno, 1935 - the eightoon
decisive months in which the Federal Government expected to be called upon to
meet both the herviest expenditures for relief of unemployment and the largost
expenditures in its recovery program - amounted to eight billion dollars.
This is the basis on which the Administration planned last January, and,
with one exception, it 16 the basis on which funds were requested of Congress.
The exception consists of an additional $525,000,000 appropriated for drought
relief. So severo a drought could not possibly have been foreseen when the
budget estimates were prepared, The President, therefore, requested an addi-
tional appropriation for this purpose. But at every other point, requests
for funds were held strictly within the eight billion dollar estimate. In
this policy Congress cooperated.
Regraded Unclassified
- 6 -
Six billion dollars, then, was the estimated doficit for the six months
from January, 1934 to June, 1934, and two billion dollars for the twelvo months
from July, 1934 to June, 1935. How large a doficit did the Government actually
have for the six months from January to June, 1934?
Some of our plans moved into action more slowly than had been anticipated;
emergency expenditures were accordingly less than had been forecast, and the
deficit for this period was about three billion dollars instead of six, Author-
isation has, therefore, been carried forward into the new fiscal year to spend
the three billions which were not spent in the period from January to June, 1934,
plus the addod provision for drought relief.
Whether we shall actually spend those three billions, as well as the
additional funds which the President estimated would result in a doficit of two
billion dollars in the fiscal year ending June 30, 1935, will depend upon de-
velopments which cannot bo foresoon at this time. But, even if the deficit for
the new year, exclusive of drought relief expenditures, should reach five
billions instead of two, the combined doficit for the period of eighteen
months from January of 1934 to June of 1935, would still be no more than the oight
billions on which no originally planned.
A word in conclusion. If after listoning to my talk tonight you have
any dotailed questions rolating to what I have said, I hope you will fool free
to write to me. Goodnight and thank you.
Regraded Unclassified
8-78-34.
30
THE TREASURY'S FINANCES
I propose tonight to discuss with you the cost of the
New Deal. I will avoid the jargon of the usual financial
statement and will try to give you in plain language & concise
but complete explanation of the essential facts.
On March 4, 1933, when the present Administration came
into office, the gross public debt of the United States stood
at a little less than $21,000,000,000. By June 30 of this
year it had increased to $27,000,000,000, or an increase of
about $6,000,000,000. This is the gross increase in the national
debt during the first year and four months of the new Administra-
tion.
Some observers have concluded that it also represents
the cost of the New Deal during that period, in so far as such
cost is reflected in a growth of the public debt. This assump-
tion is easily made, but it ignores the all-important fact that,
while we have increased our debt, we have also increased our
assets, many of them in realizable form. By this I mean assets
which in due time the Government will turn into cash, thereby
making them available for reduction of the national debt.
A good business man takes a periodic inventory of the
Regraded Unclassified
31
- 2 -
stock of goods on his shelves, to see if his inventory has
increased or decreased. Let us do the same tonight. Let us
take an inventory of the Government's assets and see how those
assets have changed since March 4 of last year.
We begin with the Treasury's cash balance. This is
the Government's equivalent of cash in the merchant's drawer.
If 8 merchant should find that, at the end of sixteen months
his gross debt had increased by $1,000 but that he had $250
more in his cash register, he would, of course, take into
account the increase in his cash when figuring the change in
his financial condition. We can follow the same practice in
measuring the real financial position of the Government. These
are the facts: -
On March 4 of last year, when this Administration came
into office, the Treasury's cash balance amounted to about
$200,000,000. By June 30, 1934, this cash balance had risen
to nearly $1,800,000,000 - an increase of about $1,600,000,000.
If this gain in cash is deducted from the gross increase in
the public debt, the net increase becomes $4,400,000,000,
instead of $6,000,000,000.
But we have another cash drawer in the Treasury, in
Regraded Unclassified
32
- 3 -
addition to the drawer which carries our working balance.
This second drawer I will call the "gold" drawer. In it is
the very large sum of $2,800,000,000, representing "profit"
resulting from the change in the gold content of the dollar.
Practically all of this "profit" the Treasury holds in the
form of gold and silver. The rest is in other assets.
I do not propose here to subtract this $2,800,000,000
from the net increase of $4,400,000,000 in the national debt -
thereby reducing the figure to $1,600,000,000. And the reason
why I do not subtract it is this: For the present this
$2,800,000,000 is under lock and key. Most of it, by authority
of Congress, is segregated in the so-called Stabilization Fund,
and for the present we propose to keep it there. But I call
your attention to the fact that ultimately we expect this
"profit" to flow back into the stream of our other revenues
and thereby reduce the national debt.
We have, then, in effect, two cash drawers in the Treasury -
one containing our working balance, which is $1,600,000,000
larger than on March 4 of last year, and the other containing
$2,800,000,000 representing the "profit" on devaluation. But
in addition to cash drawers, we also have 8. safe. And in that
Regraded Unclassified
33
- 4 -
safe we have some very valuable securities - securities
consisting of notes and other obligations held by various
agencies in which the Government has an interest.
A complete statement of the net assets of this kind
has never before been published by the Government. I am giving
out such B. statement this evening for publication in tomorrow
morning's newspapers. From now on I will do this regularly
once a month. I am doing this so that you can always have
access to an accurate, full and up-to-date account of the
financial position of our Government.
The assets I am now describing may be classified in
two groups. The first group consists of assets of agencies
which are wholly owned by the Government and wholly financed
with Government funds. In this group belong the Reconstruction
Finance Corporation, the Public Works Administration, the
Export-Import Banks and a number of other agencies financed
entirely by the Government. Between March 4 of last year
and June 30 of this, the net increase in the assets of these
agencies amounted to $1,095,000,000.
What are these assets, and can we rely on them to
contribute in due time to reduction of the national debt?
Regraded Unclassified
34
- 5 -
They consist for the most part of such items as preferred
bank stock and capital notes, cash, investments and other
property, and loans made to public and private borrowers.
In the Treasury we recognize, of course, that it may
later be necessary to write off certain losses. But the
quality of the collateral which secures the various loans;
the good credit of our State and local governments; the record
of private business in meeting its obligations, all combine
to give assurance that the losses of the national Government
will not be substantial.
So much for the first group of assets - those which
will eventually be available for reduction of the national
debt. There is also a second group, representing assets owned
by agencies which are in part financed by the sale of their
own obligations to the public. In this group belong the
Federal Land Banks, the Home Loan Banks and other similar
agencies. These assets have a somewhat different status.
They will not be available, as will those in the first group,
for reduction of the national debt. But we may note, while
we are taking an inventory of our position, that the Govern-
ment's share in the net assets of this second group has
increased by $766,000,000 during the present Administration.
Regraded Unclassified
35
- 6 -
We may also note, outside of the present inventory,
other very real and tangible assets in the form of better
roads, better housing, huge new dams and power plants,
modern public buildings and other projects which, financed
in whole or in part by Federal funds, have increased the
real wealth of the country.
Finally, to complete the picture, it needs to be
pointed out that the Government has, in addition to its
public debt, a contingent liability on obligations issued
by the Home Owners' Loan Corporation and by the Federal Farm
Mortgage Corporation. But these obligations were issued in
exchange for mortgages on homes and farms, conservatively
appraised at values in excess of the amount of such obligations.
Let me sum up at this point and recapitulate the figures
I have used in this stock-taking of our position:
The gross increase in the national debt between
March 4, 1933 and June 30, 1934, amounted in round numbers
to $6,000,000,000. Against this gross increase we can offset,
now
either or ultimately, the following assets:
(1) An increase in the Treasury's cash balance of
$1,600,000,000; (2) the "profit" of $2,800,000,000 resulting
Regraded Unclassified
36
- 7 -
from the reduction in the gold content of the dollar; (3)
the increase in the net assets of the agencies wholly owned
and financed by the Government, amounting on June 30, 1934,
to $1,095,000,000. This is wholly aside from an increase in
the capital investment of the Government in agencies which are
partially financed by funds raised outside of the Treasury.
From this survey of our assets and liabilities - this
inventory of the Government's financial position at the close
of the last fiscal year on June 30 - let us turn now to the
new fiscal year beginning July 1, 1934. We find that in July
and August, the first two months of this new year, the Govern-
ment's expenditures continued to exceed its revenues and hence
the national debt continued to increase. But this had been
anticipated. Let us note the landmarks by which we have been
charting our course.
The President estimated in his first Budget Message to
Congress, that the national deficit, including both ordinary
and emergency expenditures, would amount during the six months
from January to June, 1934, to about six billion dollars. He
also estimated that the deficit for the twelve months from
July, 1934, to June, 1935, would be about two billions. The
Regraded Unclassified
37
- 8 -
total deficit thus forecast for the eighteen months from
January, 1934 to June, 1935 -- the eighteen decisive months
in which the Federal Government expected to be called upon
to meet both the heaviest expenditures for relief of unemploy-
ment and the largest expenditures in its recovery program --
amounted to eight billion dollars.
This is the basis on which the Administration planned
last January, and, with one exception, it is the basis on
which funds were requested of Congress. The exception consists
of an additional $525,000,000 appropriated for drought relief.
So severe a drought could not possibly have been foreseen when
the budget estimates were prepared. The President, therefore,
requested an additional appropriation for this purpose. But
at every other point, requests for funds were held strictly
within the eight billion dollar estimate. In this policy
Congress cooperated.
Six billion dollars, then, was the estimated deficit
for the six months from January, 1934 to June, 1934, and two
billion dollars for the twelve months from July, 1934 to June,
1935. How large a deficit did the Government actually have
Regraded Unclassified
38
- 9 -
for the six months from January to June, 1934?
Some of our plans moved into action more slowly than
had been anticipated; emergency expenditures were accordingly
less than had been forecast, and the deficit for this period
was about three billion dollars instead of six. Authorization
has, therefore, been carried forward into the new fiscal year
to spend the three billions which were not spent in the period
from January to June, 1934, plus the added provision for drought
relief.
Whether we shall actually spend these three billions,
as well as the additional funds which the President estimated
would result in 8. deficit of two billion dollars in the fiscal
year ending June 30, 1935, will depend upon developments which
cannot be foreseen at this time. But, even if the deficit for
the new year, exclusive of drought relief expenditures, should
reach five billions instead of two, the combined deficit for
the period of eighteen months from January of 1934 to June of
1935, would still be no more than the eight billions on which
we originally planned.
A word in conclusion. If after listening to my talk
tonight you have any detailed questions relating to what I
have said, I hope you will feel free to write to me. Goodnight
and thank you.
Tuesday - August 28, 1934.
Regraded Unclassified
fill
address the vir & w INAC s
THE TREASURY'S FINANCES
I propose tonight to discuss with you the cost of the
New Deal. I will avoid the jargon of the usual financial
statement and will try to give you in plain language a concise
but complete explanation of the essential facts.
On March 4, 1933, when the present administration came
into office, little the gross public debt of the United States stood
at slightly less than $21,000,000,000. By June 30 of this
year it had increased to $27,000,000,000, or an increase of about
elightly more than $6,000,000,000. This is the gross increase
in the national debt during the first year and four months of
the new Administration.
Some observers have concluded that it also represents the
cost of the New Deal during that period, in so far as such cost
is reflected in a growth of the public debt. This assumption
is easily made, but it ignores the all-important fact that,
while we have increased our debt, we have also increased our
assets, many of them in realizable form. By this I mean assets
which in due time the Government will turn into cash, thereby
making them available for reduction of the national debt.
good business man
A good merchant ^ takes a periodic inventory of the stock
of goods on his shelves, to see if his inventory has increased
or decreased. Let us do the same tonight see Let us take an
inventory of the Government's assets and how those assets have
Regraded Unclassified
40
02 I I
changed since March 4 of last year.
We begin with the Treasury's cash balance. This is the
Government's equivalent of cash in the merchant's drawer. If
a merchant should find that, at the end of sixteen months his
gross debt had increased by $1,000 but that he had $250 more
in his cash register, he would, of course, take into account
the increase in his cash when figuring the change in his
financial condition. We can follow the same practice in
measuring the real financial position of the Government.
These are the facts: -
On March 4 of last year, when this Administration came
into office, the Treasury's cash balance amounted to about
$200,000,000. By June 30, 1934, this cash balance had risen
to nearly $1,800,000,000 - an increase of about $1,600,000,000.
If this gain in cash is deducted from the gross increase in the
public debt, the net increase becomes $4,400,000,000, instead
of $6,000,000,000.
But we have another cash drawer in the Treasury, in
addition to the drawer which carries our working balance. This
second drawer I will call the "gold" drawer. In it is the very
large sum of $2,800,000,000, representing "profit" resulting Practically
from the change in the gold content of the silverance dollar,
The
rection
fthis
profit" the Treasury holds in the form of gold, other assets.
Regraded Unclassified
41
- 3 -
I do not propose here to subtract this $2,800,000,000 from
the net increase of $4,400,000,000 in the national debt - thereby
reducing the figure to $1,600,000,000. And the reason why I do
not subtract it is this: For the present this $2,800,000,000 is
under lock and key. Most of it, by authority of Congress, is
segregated in the so-called Stabilization Fund, and for the
present we propose to keep it there. But I call your attention
to the fact that ultimately we expect this "profit" to flow back
revenues
into the stream of our other assources and thereby reduce the
national debt.
end
instbect
We have, then two cash drawers in the Treasury - one
containing our working balance, which is $1,600,000,000 larger
than on March 4 of last year, and the other containing
$2,800,000,000 representing the "profit" on devaluation. But
in addition to cash drawers, we also have a safe. And in that
securities security cynsisting
safe we have some very valuable paper - paper representing notes
and other obligations held by various agencies in which the
Government has an interest.
A complete statement of the net assets of this kind has
never before been published by the Government. I am giving
out such a statement this evening for publication in tomorrow
morning's newspapers. From now on I will, do this regularly
under
once a month. I am doing this so that you can always have
access to an accurate, full, and up-to-date account of the
financial position of our Government.
Regraded Unclassified
42
- 4 -
The assets I am now describing may be classified in two
groups. The first group consists of assets of agencies which
are wholly owned by the Government and wholly financed with
Government funds. In this group belong the Reconstruction
Finance Corporation, the Public Works Administration, the
Export-Import Banks and a number of other agencies financed
entirely by the Government. Between March 4 of last year and
June 30 of this, the net increase in the assets of these
agencies amounted to $1,095,000,000.
What are these assets, and can we rely on them to contribute
in due time to reduction of the national debt? They consist
for the most part of such items as preferred bank stock and
capital notes, cash, investments, real estate and other property,
and loans made to public and private borrowers.
In the Treasury we recognize, of course, that it may later
be necessary to write off certain losses. But the quality of
the collateral which secures the various loans; the good credit
of our State and local governments; the record of private
business in meeting its obligations, national all combine to give
assurance that the losses of the Government will not be
substantial.
So much for the first group of assets - those which will
eventually be available for reduction of the national debt.
Regraded Unclassified
43
5 I I
There is also a second group, representing assets owned by
agencies which are in part financed by the sale of their own
obligations to the public. In this group belong the Federal
Land Banks, the Home Loan Banks and other similar agencies.
These assets have a somewhat different status. They will not
be available, as will those in the first group, for reduction
of the national debt. But we may note, while we are taking an
the governments share in the morey
inventory has of our position, that blue net assets OF this second
group have increased by $766,000,000 during the present
Administration.
We may also note, outside of the present inventory, other
better housing huge
and power plants, modern public buildings and other projects which, financed
very real and tangible assets in the form of better roads M new dams
in whole or in part by Federal funds, have increased the real
wealth of the country.
Finally, to complete the picture, it needs to be pointed out
that the Government has, in addition to its public debt, a
contingent liability on obligations issued by the Home Owners'
Loan Corporation and by the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation.
But these obligations were issued in exchange for mortgages on
homes and farms, conservatively appraised at values
in
excess of the amount of such obligations.
Let me sum up at this point and recapitulate the figures
I have used in this stock-taking of our position:
Regraded Unclassified
- 6 -
The gross increase in the national debt between March 4, 1933,
and June 30, 1934 amounted in round numbers to $6,000,000,000.
Against this gross increase we can offset, either now or
ultimately, the following assets:
(1) An increase in the Treasury's cash balance of
2,800,000,000
$1,600,000,000; (2) the "profit" resulting from the reduction
in the gold content of the dollar; (3) the increase in the net
assets of the agencies wholly owned and financed by the
Government, amounting on June 30, 1934, to
$1,000,000,000.
capitol
investment
This is wholly aside from an increase in the net coulty of the
1
Government in agencies which are partially financed by funds
raised outside of the Treasury.
From this survey of our assets and liabilities - this
inventory of the Government's financial position at the close
of the last fiscal year on June 30,- let us turn now to the new
fiscal year beginning July 1, 1934. We find that in July and
August, the first two months of this new year, the Government's
expenditures continued to exceed its revenues and hence the
national debt continued to increase. But this had been
anticipated. Let us note the landmarks by which we have been
charting our course.
The President estimated in his first Budget message to
Congress, that the national deficit, including both ordinary
Regraded Unclassified
45
- 7 -
and emergency expenditures, would amount during the six months
from January to June, 1934, to about six billion dollars. He
also estimated that the deficit for the twelve months from
July, 1934, to June, 1935, would be about two billions. The
total deficit thus forecast for the eighteen months from
January, 1934 to June, 1935 -- the eighteen decisive months
in which the Federal Government expected to be called upon to
meet both the heaviest expenditures for relief of unemployment
and the largest expenditures in its recovery program -- amounted
to eight billion dollars.
This is the basis on which the Administration planned last
January and, with one exception, it is the basis on which funds
were requested of Congress. The exception consists of an
000 000
additional 525, millions appropriated for drought relief.
adrought could hossibly have been
drought 80 severe n was an emergency not ^ to be foreseen when the
budget estimates were prepared. The President, therefore,
requested an additional appropriation for this purpose. But
at every other point, requests for funds were held strictly
within the eight billion dollar estimate. In this policy
Congress cooperated.
Six billion dollars, then, was the estimated deficit for
the six months from January, 1934 to June, 1934, and two billion
dollars for the twelve months from July, 1934 to June, 1935.
How large a deficit did the Government actually have for the six
months from January to June, 1934?
Regraded Unclassified
46
- 8 -
Some of our plans moved into action more slowly than had been
anticipated; emergency expenditures were accordingly less than
had been forecast, and the deficit for this period was about
three billion dollars instead of six. Authorization has, therefore,
been carried forward into the new fiscal year to spend the three
billions which were not spent in the period from January to June,
1934, plus the added provision for drought relief.
Whether we shall actually spend these three billions, as
well as the additional funds which the President estimated would
result in a deficit of two billion dollars in the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1935, will depend upon developments which cannot
be foreseen at this time. But, even if the deficit for the new
year, exclusive of drought relief expenditures, should reach
five billions instead of two, the combined deficit for the
period of eighteen months from January of 1934 to June of 1935,
would still be no more than the eight billions on which we
originally planned.
A word in conclusion. If after listening to my talk to-night
you have any detailed questions relating to what I have said, I
hope you will feel free to write to me. Goodnight and thank you.
Regraded Unclassified
47
REPORT ON RESPONSE TO SECRETARY'S RADIO SPEECH 38/28/34
I. Number of Responses
Anonymous
6
Signed
148
154
Analysis of Anonymous
(a) Favorable - 1. - Telegram. "Broadcast Model of Radio Speeches".
(b) Nasty - 5.
Postcard, newspaper clipping pasted on. "Mr. Morgenthau's broad-
cast terrible. Complete ignorance or deliberate misrepresentation".
Asks "When are the Democrate going to give back the gold they stole?"
"Thanks for fairy tale".
Promunciation of "finance" wrong.
Criticism of devaluation. Signed "Tory Republican"
Secretary failed to inform the public about the three million dollars
owed the United States by C. Dawes.
In addition there was correspondence between broadcasting stations and
newspapers, in the course of which the American Broadcasting Company wrote that
the speech was "mechanciAlly perfect".
II. Signed Mail Analysed.
(1) Requests for copies of speech
26
Speech only
22
Speech plus financial
papers, etc.
3
Letter saying Committee is
circulating copies widely
1
26
(One request was from the Japanese Finance Committee for the Imperial
Japanese Government)
Regraded Unclassifie
48
- 2 -
(2) Simple Congratulations.
Wires and letters with little or no comment, but favorable
24
(Two aski for copies of the speech. Eleven praised delivery
as well as content.)
Typical Phrases Were:
"The heartening and understandable facts."
"helpful to improve public understanding and confidence".
"masterly and simple address".
"very effective and valuable at this particular time".
"splendid 1dea".
"very instructive and interesting".
"business proposition presented in & business my".
"one of the most convincing documents that has come from the
Cabinet in this Administration".
"You analyzed things so plainly and spoke so understandingly*.
"a great service, not only to the Administration, but to the
country at large".
"clearly expressed and remarkably interesting verbal report".
"clear, concise and splendid".
(3) More Detailed Praise of Whole Speech or Selected Parts.
17
Three asked copies of the speech. Seven specifically
praised plan of monthly report on finances.
Typical Comments Were:
"I do not think that anything has happened in Washington recently
of greater importance to the business men of the country than this".
"it is constructive, statesmanshiplike and far reaching".
"Many thanks to you and your department for what has been done to
help in Recovery. not alone of material adjustments, but in the
recovery of faith in the goodness of man".
"lucid discussion in simple terms".
"there was nothing wrong with your speech which might be indefinite".
"Many with whom I have talked now have an entirely different view.
"I can truthfully say that my friends are delighted to have received
such & plain, frank statement. - you are doing & fine job. -- I an
considered a Republican, having held office as such in my own town".
"Your frank, simple and democratic approach was marvelous. Everybody
here was thrilled by it. May I venture that you added millions of
supporters by that one talk. I made a quiet, personal canvass in
the place I work this morning and everybody was greatly impressed".
Regraded Unclassified
- 3 -
49
"most clear and comprehensive exposition of the country's condition".
"The Treasury Department rembers wisely that the Nation is the
people".
"A Splendid public service".
"The President used very good judgment when he placed you on the job".
"very concise, able and efficient statistical report".
"Certainly no honest conservative can slander the financial policy of
the Administration after your clearcut statement".
(4) Letters containing suggestions
25
Friendly
18
Unfavorable
1
Neutral
6
25
Suggestions include:
Inflation
6
Help the small business man
3
Pay the bonus
2
Raise the price of gold
2
Make more radio talks
Б
Improve banking facilities
and loosen credit
3
One each of the following:
Put your speech in bank statement form; Consolidate U. S. debt
and cut interest; Let national banks pay interest on accounts;
Less Washington control and more adherence to platform pledge;
Lower taxes; List public buildings, dams, etc., as assets; Pay
government obligations with cash; Segregate figures on gold
balance. There also was a request that the Secretary set his
desk clock, and one man said misleading business charts being
widaly distributed.
Sent
(5) Critical
10
Used speech to criticise Administration's
policy in general
1
Criticize devaluating dollar and/or
emphasising profit taken thereby
5
Criticise analogy of merchant "taking stock,
pointout that a merchant cannot devaluate
his assets
2
Bap "Double Budget" as political expedient
1
Too conservative in figuring assets
1
Tie up speech with printed report of F.D.I.C. and
attack both
1
Criticise inadequacy of broadcast announcements
1
Regraded Unclassified
50
4
(6) Questions -- Total 45
Regraded Unclassified
All but 5 letters favorable or friendly in tone.
Two types of questions:
1. Facts answered directly by Treasury figures, copy
of speech or published Treasury statements.
2. Questions requesting opinion on future policies or
trends, answered favorably, or told no discussion
possible.®
(a) Fact letters:
Requesting specific information on the gold policy
11
Compares with "writing up" the value of invest-
ment assets
2
Actual figures for relief expenditures requested
4
Request information on Government's liability for
H.O.L.C. bonds
2
What will happen to H.O.L.C. and F.C.A. bonds in case
of default
1
That is the value of the investment assete mentioned
by the Secretary
1
Why so much short-term borrowing
1
Why can't market increase in Land Bank bonds, etc.,
be used to reduce the public debt
1
What obligations of foreign governments does the
Treasury hold
1
Why is Postal Savings interest lower than interest
on other Government securities
1
Why are not actual properties, like the Panama Canal,
listed in the inventory
1
Circulation figures requested
1
Daily statement requested
1
Information on coinage, paper currency, and cash on
hand in vaults of banks
1
51
- 5 -
(b) Policy.
How long can deficit go on and/or what will be
rate of increase
3
Requests for information on operation of
Stabilization Fund
3
Why not issue currency instead of bonds
3
* (This request answered by usual Treasury
letter on subject.)
Requests Secretary's opinion on private owner-
ship of power
2
Asks for views on inflation
1
How is the cash balance determined
3
When can taxes be reduced
1
"An unemployed" requesting what else is to be
done for his class
1
Miscellaneous requests for help and/or informa-
tion outside Treasury scope
2
Respectfully submitted:
Aabrielle 2. Forbush
Research Assistant to the Secretary.
Regraded Unclassified
52
LETTERS RECEIVED IN RESPONSE TO RADIO ADDRESS
ADAMS. George M.
California
ALLEN, G. W.
New York
ALTREE, Blanche
Oregon
AMES, Theo. H.
New Jersey
ANDREW, George L.
Minnesota
ARNOLD, Γ. H.
Rhode Island
ASTON, Arthur
Maryland
BAMBERGER, Clarence
Utah
BARNUM, L.
Oregon
BENNETT, Geo. 1.
Oklahoma
BIRDZELL, L. 1.
Washington, D. C.
BLAUVELT, Nicholas G.
New York
BOLLINGER, Paul T.
Michigan
BOYDSTON, Tom D.
Oklahoma
BRENNAN, Mary M.
Michigan
BROUGHTON, C. 1.
Wisconsin
BURK, Chas. J.
Illinois
CAMPEELL, Donald W.
Massachusetts
CARNEY, J. Russell
Washington, D. C.
CASE, POMEROY & CO
INC.,
H. He Johnston
New York
CHANDLER, Chas. J.
Kansas
CHATHAM, L. C.
California
CHERRY, G. A.
Ohio
CHILDS, Fred'k. We
Vermont
CHURCH, Berlin C.
Colorado
Regraded Unclassified
1934
- 2 -
53
CIMRAL, Frank J.
Illinois
COKELEY, Jerome J.
New York.
COMMERCE - Sec'y.
CRAMFORD, Fred'k. L.
New York
GRAWFORD, Deniel
Pennsylvania
DANA, Deane
New York
DAY, George W.
New York
DELANO, F. M.
New York
DELANO. Fred'k. A.
New York
DIECEMANN, R. J.
Iowa
DI VENUTI, B.
Massachusetts
EAVERSON, Edgar R.
New Jersey
EVANS, Silliman
Maryland
THE FARMERS BANK
Tennessee
FEHLANDT, Albert E.
New York
FINNEGAN, Jos. д.
Pennsylvania
FOLEY, Hamilton
Pennsylvania
FORBUSH, so R.
Washington, D. C.
GANS, Isaac
Washington, D. C.
GATES. Arnold 1.
Ohio
GETMAN, A. I.
New York
GIFFIN, 1. д.
New York
GOGGIN, Jno. J.
Illinois
GOREN, A. J.
Now York
GOTTLIEB, Joe
Louisiana
GRANATH, Glenn M.
Illinois
GREENBURG, George
Illinois
GRIFFENHAGEN, B. G.
Illinois
Regraded Unclassified
54
- 3 -
GUERRASSI, M. д.
Pennsylvania
HAAS, Robt.
New York
HALSEY, Biwin A.
Washington, D. C.
HAMMOND, C. S.
Illinois
HANCOCK, B. д.
Maryland
HARRINGTON, James 1.
Massachusetts
HATES, J. 1.
Kansas
HENDRICKS, H. G.
Washington, D. C.
HIMES, J. H.
Georgia
HOOVER, G. G. W.
Alabama
HOUSTON, M. Elliott
Colorado
HUDAK, Mary д.
Ohio
HUGHES, Thos. J.
New Jersey
HUMPHREY, Fred'k Blaine
Nebraska
IHARA, T.
New York
ISLER, Ben Q.
New York
JOHNSON, Milo B.
Washington
KEHRER, G.
Pennsylvania
KELLER, M. Elliott
New York
-
KENDRICK, Jno. A.
Washington, D. C.
KNUDSON, C. C.
Arizona
KONKEL, J. S.
Minnesota
KRESS, Geo. F.
New York
LAMBERT, Ovila
Rhode Island
LANG, Francis J.
Massachusetts
LARSON, c. W.
New York.
Regraded Unclassified
55
- 4 -
LAW. 7. M.
Texas
LEHMAN, Herbert H.
New York
LESLEY, Conrad C.
Pennsylvania
LEVITAN, Solomon
Wisconsin
LEVY, Jules G.
New York
LORENZO, Thos. A.
New Jersey
LOWAGIE, Remi
Michigan
McCORMACK, David G.
New Jersey
McMILLAN, J. B.
Texas
McRae, Bill
Florida
MacDuffie, John
Massachusetts
MEILACHOWITZ, Chas.
Pennsylvania
MILLER, Milton A.
Oregon
MILLER, Robt. 1.
Massachusetts
MORGAN, 1. W.
Michigan
MORGENTHAU, Mr. & Mrs. Henry, Sr.
MOXNESS, T. J.
Minnesota
MUELLER, F. H.
Ohio
MUNDAY, H. D.
New York
MURRAY, G. W.
Maryland
NETHAWAY, Claude L.
Nebraska
NETHERLAND, Wood
Missouri
O'CONNELL, J. J.
Texas
PARSONS, J. B.
Massachusetts
PATTEN, Harry R.
New York.
Regraded Unclassified
56
- 5 -
PETTIT, B. M.
Indiana
PFLUEGIR, Paul A.
California
POHN, Sylvia J.
Pennsylvania
PORTIS, T. G.
Missouri
POTTER, Alden A.
Maryland
PRESTON, James H.
Maryland
REEMANN, Goo. B.
Pennsylvania
REILLY, M. K.
Wisconsin
RICHBERG, Donald R.
Washington, D. C.
ROLLER, Katherine H.
Washington, D. 0.
SCHLESINGER, Milton J.
West Virginia
SCHLUSSEL, Seymour
New York
SCHOLTER, George
Pennsylvania
SCHROENER, R. C.
Missouri
SCOTT, Eli T.
New York
SEIGBERT, Henry
New York
SENSENEY, JEANNETTE L.
Pennsylvania
SEYMOUR & TROESTER
Michigan
SHAPIRO, Samuel H.
Illinois
SIMONS, Joseph Win.
Washington, D. 0.
SIMMOTT, James
Arkansas
SLADE, Mr. B.
New York
SNYDER, Warren K.
New Jersey
SPRADLIN, W. H.
North Carolina
STREETER, Elford D.
New Jersey
Regraded Unclassified
57
- 6 -
TASHLEN, Frank
New York
THEIS, H. A.
New Jersey
TILTON, McLane
Virginia
TUCK, Whitfield
Massachusetts
VANDERBILT, Cornelius
Washington .D. C.
VORENBERG, Felix
Massachusetts
WALD, Lillian D.
Connecticut
WALTON, Kenneth 1.
New Jersey
WEISEL, Albert
Maryland
WESTERVELT. G. P.
New York
WILSON, Howard H.
New York
WOODARD, Mattie C.
Pennsylvania
YEO, F. H.
Massachusetts
YOUNG, 4. Frank
Maryland
Regraded Unclassified
58
Sept. 8th
Conversation between Mr. Morgenthau and
Mr. Grimes of the Wall Street Journal
H.M. Jr. :I read your story in thismorning's paper.
Off the record - has it occurred to you that whoever is
buying these forward dollars has sufficient confidence in
it to look forward for 90 days? You get the significance
of that don't you? This operation in the dollar franc is
in futures and it is a 90 day future, see ?
Grimes - As you know, I am more or less superficial on
these things. I don't get the picture.
H.M., Jr: Somebody might interpret this thing as a
movement to stop gold from leaving this country. That is not
what is back of it but the conclusion which you might draw is
that we here think the dollar looks pretty good 90 days from
now.
Grimes: I get it. It is absolutely clear now.
H.M., Jr: I am telling you this in strictest confidence,
but you can guide your writing along those lines.
Grimes: Thank you very much.
H.M.,Jr: You never talked to me.
Grimes : No, I haven't.
Regraded Unclassified
59
August 29th
Saw Moley for lunch. I told him about my silver plan
and he said that that was an answer to the Foreign Debt question.
They have been saying that we have to cancel the foreign debt
because otherwise we bleed Europe in order to pay us interest
and if we take over this silver from abroad they no longer can
say that we have to cancel the debts because the only way we
can pay them is with gold.
September 5th
Mr. Morgenthau spoke to George Harrison this morning in
regard to selling francs short and buying dollars for 90 day
delivery. The following are some of the statements made by
Gov. Harrison on the phone:
This procedure will have no direct control on the stock
market. If there is a leak it may have an effect that you
want to give some confidence because of the fact that the gov-
ernment is buying future dollars. It is hard to tell what the
reaction will be. I am scared about any new artificiality. I
do not know how it will be interpreted. The only risk to the
Treasury selling francs that it has not got, is that it is
selling short. If you sell francs now, in three months you
might be unable to get them. If your purpose is to lend con-
fidence to the dollar, by the fact that the government is buy-
ing future dollars, it might be construed as a lack of confi-
dence in the franc, which you are selling short for future
delivery and what will the French say? That being so, I would
suggest that if you decide to do it that we call up the Bank
of France today and say we understand that the Treasury is go-
ing to do this tomorrow and these are the reasons and minimize
any risk that might be misunderstood there.
Governor Harrison then said the way to do it is to go to
the Guaranty and say sell, for instance, 10,000,000 francs for
three months delivery.
Lochhead made the suggestion that in talking to the Bank
of France that we say we are prepared to do it in other gold
Regraded Unclassified
60
countries, SO that the French will not think we are picking
on them particularly.
Governor Harrison telephoned about an hour later and
said that he had talked to the foreign exchange man at the
Bank of France and that they said that our plan might do some
good. They said that it might be a difficult operation
mechanically to carry out but it would be worth trying.
Gov. Harrison also said that the forward market was so thin
that we might get stuck in the process. The French said
that the pound has been weak largely because of the selling
of the dollar in this country and also because of the talk of
devaluation that is going on.
Gov. Harrison said that he personally was not in favor
of this plan but he would see that ever, thing was carried out
to Mr. Morgenthau's desire.
Dictated Sept. 8th
Last Friday, August Blst, went to Hyde Park with
Coolidge, Oliphant and Viner to see the President, He sent
for me alone and I found him taking a bath. He sat up straight
in the bathtub and looked me straight in the eye and said,
Henry (with great emphasis) in the words of John Paul Jones -
"We have just begun to fight". He then went on to tell me
that Douglas had been there the night before and tendered his
resignation. The President said he did everything possible
to urge Douglas to put it off until December lst. He ealed
to him on a patriotic basis and then as a Democrat. Douglas
suggested Cliff Woodrum of Va. as his successor. The Presi-
dent said, check with Woodrum and see if he does not agree
with me that it will hurt the party for you to resign before
election. He said that Friday morning Douglas had telephoned
him and said that Woodrum agreed that it would be very harmful
to the party and that he had made up his mind that he was thru.
He told the President that he had tried bur times to see him
unsuccessfully last June. The President said if you did, I
knew nothing about it. The President seemed terribly upset
and hurt. He said that he told Douglas that ten years from
now he would be very sorry for what he had done.
The President then took my breath away by saying, what
do you think of Tom Cochoran as Director of the Budget ? I
told him that it was absolutely out of the question, that
Cochoran was an intellectual crook and that we had every
reason to believe that it was Cochoran WHO gave out last Nov-
ember the unfavorable opinion on our gold action. The
President seemed very much surprised. He said Felix Frank-
furter certainly thinks highly of Cochoran and Cohen. I said
I do not know anything about Cohen but I would not trust
Cochoran as far as I could see him. I then felt it was up to
Regraded Unclassified
61
me to suggest somebody before the President made an irreparable
mistake. I therefore suggested Daniel Bell. Be liked the sug-
gestion and took it. He said to me, I want you to stay after
lunch and I want to talk to ou about this some more. He then
went down stairs and met with the rest of the people from the
Treasury. The only important decision made was that the
profit thru seignorage made on silver taken in after the 14th
of June would be treated the same as the gold profit and not
to be made part of the general receipts with the exception of
two kinds of silver in which a precedent had been established
for a long period, namely, seignorage on small silver coins and
newly mined silver. This ends a long argument between Oliphant
and myself. Oliphant wanted to use this profit as part of
our general receipts.
In discussing the coming re-financing the President made
a ver. good suggestion that we consider selling & five year
rote with the right to convert into a long term bond. After
lunch when Viner came in to say goodbye, the President asked
him a couple or questions. This gave Viner a chance to tell
the President that he thought the movement to encourage new
housing would be a failure. The President said, I agree, The
President then asked Viner what he thought about price fixing
and Viner said, I do not like it. You can't expect to get out
of the depression by fixing prices and curtailing production
and much to my surprise and intense interest the President
agreed.
I then was with the President for about two hours alone
in which we discussed ful ther the Douglas episode. The
President said, I know how to handle this. He said we will
not give this out (Douglas' resignation) until four o'clock
Saturday afternoon because by that time most of theeditors will
be away for Labor Day and the story ought to fall fairly flat.
lie wrote out in his own hand the press release and he said by
announcing the appointment of Bell first and simply stating that
he accepted Douglas' resignation he felt that the newspapers
would emphasize Bell's appointment rather than Douglas' resigna-
tion, and he was right. He took great delight in thinking this
out. I then arranged with Mrs. Klotz in Washington that Bell
should stay within reach of the telephone for the next couple
of days but not giving him any inkling why. The President em-
phasized to me the fact that he had not told either his wife or
Miss LeHand or McIntyre one word about Douglas' resignation -
and as he put it - you are the only person in the world who
knows about this beside myself. Saturday morning the news-
papers broke the Douglas story having undoubtedly gotten the
information irom Woodrum. I called up the President and asked
him if he was going to go thru with his progr .m and he said,
yes, I said, when are you going to call up Bell and he said
about 4 o'clook. He did call Bell about 4 o'clock and that was
the first inkling that Bell had of his appointment.
Regraded Unclassified
62
Saturday evening at 6:10 the President and his
party arrived at our house for a clam bake to the White
House correspondents. The President came into my office
in the house and he and I had cocktails together for 20
minutes. You could tell that he had a great weight oft his
shoulders. As the evening went on he began to sing songs
and you could tell from the way he acted that a great load
and worry was OFF his mind. As a matter of fact the people
associated closely with him said that they had never seen
him sing and be so jolly as he was that night since he be-
came President.
Tuesday, Sept. 4th, about ten million dollars
worth of gold left the country and it worried me considerably
because I knew that it would worry the President and secondly
it was not a natural movement and 1f 1t continued at that rate
it could only be interpreted in one way, namely, a flight of
capital from the United States due to lack of confidence. T.1s
together with the fact that our bond market keit going down
was enough to make anybody nervous. Some time during the
night I got the idea that there must be a mechanical way of
checking the flow of gold by depressing the franc. I also felt
if there was something that we could do to give concrete evi-
dence that we did not intend to revalue gold in the immediate
future that it would be most helpful towards restoring con-
fidence in the dollar. I called up Coolidge about 8 o'clock
and told him that I wanted him to be thinking about our de-
pressing the franc below the gold export point. He seemed
quite cheerful at the suggestion when I explained to him that
I was willing to have people understand we had no immediate
devaluation in mind. On reaching the office Wednesday morn-
ing, I immediately called up Geo. Harrison and explained to
him my ideas and asked him whether he could not work out a
method to carry out my suggested plan. Harrison did not like
the suggestion at all and was very argumentative. At this
stage Coolidge was most helpful and backed me up 100% Viner
liked the program; Lockhead was most insistent that the way
to carry it out was to sell future francs short rather than
spot francs. While waiting to hear from Harrison I called up
the President and told him that one of the reasons why gold
was leaving the country so fast was that I had been told that
somebody in the White House had recently said that immediate
devaluation was likely. The President very emphatically de-
nied this. I told him of my plan and he approved heartily.
I told the President if I did not hear from George Harrison
by 10 o'clock that I would call him up and order him to carry
out my program. A few minutes before 10, George called me
and you could tell that he had now come around. He kept in-
sisting that what I wanted to do would be interpreted as a
method of interfering with the flow of gold between countries
in the gold block. I told him that this was not the fact and
that I was perfectly willing to make a committment for 90 days,
therefore selling francs short; that we would not change the
content of the gold dollar.
Regraded Unclassified
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
63
RELEASE, MORNING newspapers,
Press Service
Monday, September 10, 1934,
No. 2 - 86
9-8-34
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau is today offering for sub-
scription through the Federal Reserve Banks two series of Treasury notes
and an issue of bonds in exchange for Treasury certificates of indebtedness
of Series TS-1934 maturing September 15, 1934 and Fourth Liberty Loan 41
per cont bonds called for redemption October 15, 1934. The offoring is
entirely on an exchange basis. Cash subscriptions will not be received.
Of the notes, one series, maturing in two years and bearing in-
terest at the rate of one and one-half per cent per annum, is offered only
in exchange for the certificates of indebtedness maturing September 15,
which bear interest at the same rate. This is the only exchange offering
open to the holders of these maturing certificates.
The second series of notes, maturing in four years and bearing in-
terest at the rato of two and one-half per cent per annum, is offered only
in exchange for Fourth Liberty Loan bonds called for redemption October 15.
An additional issue of 31/4 per cent Treasury bonds of 1944-46 is
also offered in exchange for the called Fourth Liberties. Bonds of this
additional issue are identical with and form part of the series first issued
April 16, 1934. They will mature April 15, 1946, but are redeemable on and
after April 15, 1944.
Thus holders of the called Fourth Liberties will have the option
of oxenanging for a four-year noto bearing 2} por cont interost or a 10-12
year 3} por cont bond. In each CR80 interest adjustments will be mado 30
that all holders of called Fourth Liborties will recoivo interest on them
in full to October 15, while on the securities obtained in exchange interest
will accrus to them from Suptember 15.
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
No other exchange offering will be made for these called Fourth
Liberties.
The bonds eligible for exchange for the new securities are the
Fourth Liberty Loan 41 per cent bonds of 1933-38 included in the second
call for redemption, issued April 13, 1934. They are those bearing serial
numbers ending with the digit 2 or the digit 8, which in the case of
permanent coupon bonds are preceded by the distinguishing letters B or H.
Their total face amount is slightly less than $1,250,000,000. Interest
on all these called bonds, whether they are exchanged or not, ceases on
October 15, 1934.
The amount of Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series
TS-1934, maturing September 15, is $524,748,500.
Holders of the maturing certificates of indebtodness or the
called bonds who desire to take advantage of the exchange offering should
act promptly.
A brief description of the three issues now offered for subscrip-
tion follows:
Treasury Notes, Series D-1936
Treasury notes of Series D-1936 are offered only in exchange for Treasury
certificates of indebtedness of Series TS-1934, maturing September 15, 1934.
The notes will be dated September 15, 1934, and will bear interest from that
date at the rate of 1½ per cent per annum, payable semiannually. They will
mature September 15, 1936, and will not be subject to call for redemption
prior to maturity. The amount of the offering is limited to the amount of
the certificates maturing September 15, 1934, tendered and accepted.
Regraded Unclassified
- 3 -
Treasury Notes, Series D-1938
Treasury notes of Series D-1938 are offered only in exchange for
Fourth Liberty Loan 4-1/4 per cent bonds of 1933-38 called for redemption
on October 15, 1934, The notes will be dated September 15, 1934, and will
bear interest from that date at the rate of 2½ per cent per annum, They
will mature on September 15, 1938, and will not be subject to call for
redemption prior to maturity. The amount of the offering is limited to
the amount of such called Fourth Liberty Loan bonds tendered and accepted,
Treasury notes of both series will be exempt, both as to principal
and interest, from all taxation (except estate or inheritance taxes)
now or hereafter imposed by the United States, any State, or any of the
possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority.
The Treasury notes will be issued in bearer form only, in denominations
of $100, $500, $1,000, $5,000, $10,000 and $100,000, and the additional
denomination of $50 will be made available in notes of Series D-1938.
Treasury Bonds of 1944-46
3-1/4 per cent Treasury bonds of 1944-46 are offored only in exchange
for Fourth Liberty Loan 4-1/4 per cent bonds of 1933-38 called for re-
demption on October 15, 1934. The bonds will be an addition to and will
form B. part of the series of 3-1/4 per cent Treasury bonds of 1944-46,
issued pursuant to Department Circular No. 508, dated April 4, 1934. They
are identical in all respects with such bonds, with which they will be
freely interchangeable. These bonds are dated April 16, 1934, and will
boar interest at the rate of 3-1/4 por cunt per annum payable on a semi-
annual basis. The coupon bonds will carry the scmiannual coupon payable
October 15. They will mature April 15, 1946, but are redeemable at the
Regraded Unclassified
- 4 -
option of the Unitod States on and after April 15, 1944. The amount of
the additional offering of these bonds is limited to the amount of such
called Fourth Liborty Loan bonds tendorod and accepted.
As moro specifically stated in the official circular, the bonds will
be exempt, both as to principal and interest, from all taxation except
surtaxos, estate and inhoritanco taxos, and excoss-profits and war-profits
taxes; tho interest on bonds ef $5,000 principal amount under ono ownership
will be exempt from all taxation,
Bearer bonds with interest coupons and bonds registered as to principal
and interest will be issued in denominations of $50, $100, $500, $1,000,
$5,000, $10,000 and $100,000.
Regraded Unclassified
64
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
FOR RELEASE, MORNING PAPERS,
Press Service
Thursday, September 13, 1934.
No. 2 - 92
9-12-34
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau announced last night
(September 12, 1934) that the subscription books for the current
offering of 1-1/2 per cent two-year Treasury notes of Series
D-1936 will close at the close of business today, Thursday,
September 13, 1934. Subscriptions placed in the mail before
12:00 o'clock midnight tonight will be considered as having been
entered before the close of the subscription books.
The subscription books will remain open until further notice
for the receipt of subscriptions for 2-1/2 per cent Treasury notes
of Series D-1938 and 3-1/4 por cent Treasury bonds of 1944-46,
offerod only in exchange for Fourth Liberty Loan bonds called for
redemption on October 15.
Announcement of the amount of subscriptions and their division
among the several Federal reserve districts will be made later.
Regraded Unclassified
65
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
FOR RELEASE, MORNING PAPERS,
PRESS SERVICE
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 17, 1934.
No. 3 - 0
9-15-34.
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau stated today that in response to
the offering last Monday of two series of Treasury notes and one of Treasury
bonds, in exchange for Treasury certificates of indebtedness maturing
September 15, 1934, and Fourth Liberty Loan bonds called for redemption on
October 15, 1934, subscriptions aggregating $1,044,000,000 had been received
up to the close of business Saturday.
The Secretary stated that subscriptions aggregating $514,268,000 were
received for the exchange offering of two-year 1-1/2 percent Treasury notes,
open only to the holders of Treasury certificates of indebtedness maturing
September 15, 1934, which offering closed on September 13. These sub-
scriptions were allotted in full.
The Secretary stated that the subscription books for the four-year 2-1/2
percent Treasury notes and the 3-1/4 percent Treasury bonds of 1944-46, open
on an exchange basis only to the holders of Fourth Liberty Loan bonds called
for redemption on October 15, 1934, had not yet been closed, but that sub-
scriptions have been received aggregating $386,000,000 for the notes and
$144,000,000 for the bonds.
Regraded Unclassified
66
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
FOR RELEASE, MORNING PAPERS,
Press Service
Friday, September 21, 1934.
No. 3 - 8
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau announced last night
(Suptember 20, 1934) that the subscription books will close for
the current exchange offering of 2-1/2 per cent four-year
Treasury notes of Series D-1938 at the close of business Monday,
September 24, 1934. Any subscription received after the close
of business on Monday will be rejected.
The subscription books for the 3-1/4 per cent Treasury bonds
will remain open until further notice for the exchange of Fourth
Liberty Loan bonds called for redemption on October 15.
Regraded Unclassified
67
George then told me that he had spoken to the Bank of
France and that it was agreeable to them. When I again ex-
plained to George that immediate devaluation was not on the
horizen, the tone of his whole voice changed and you could tell
that he was simply delighted,
Dictated Sept. 11th.
Bell and I called on the President at Hyde Park Saturday,
Sept. 8th, at 10:30 A.V. We immediately went into the dis-
cussion of the budget. As near as I can remember Bell's
figures showed that for 1936 we would only have a deficit of
$325,000,000. The President said, I might as well tell you
everything I have in my mind and then you will have the worst.
With unemployment running the way it is, I think we will have
to spend a minimum of one and a half billion dollarsfor un-
employment and one billion dollars for public works in 1936.
He said, take N.Y.S. as an example, they have been selling for
the last couple of years around fort, million dollars worth of
bonds to pay their unemployment bills. They can't keep on
doing this indefinitely. As states like N.Y. and other units
of government find it more difficult to raise the money, the
Federal burden will increase by that much. Therefore, we
ma have to spend four or five billion dollars in 1936 to meet
the unemployment problem.
The President said, let me tell you what I think Congress
will suggest: That we keep our public debt at about where it is
and then issue non-interest bearing bonds up to possibly fifteen
billion dollars worth with a retirement fund - this money to
be used for unemployment. I could not help but feel that this
was an idea that the President was considering himself. He
must realize that if we go ahead with any such expenditure in
1.36 that it would be impossible to sell any more bonds and we
will have to confine ourselves to one, two and three year notes.
I discussed with him at great length the idea of either
ne or I making a speech to show the savings in the regular
departments made during the last fiscal year, and also really
setting up a double budget - one for the regular expenses for
the Government and the other for the extraordinary expenses.
He liked this idea very much. As a matter of fact he suggested
making this kind of a speech before he went to Hawaii. He
said confidentially I am going on the air on the 27th and if
you could have this material ready for me by the 84th, it would
be fine, He did not agree to make the speech but I feel if ne
liked it the chances were good that he would, If he does not,
I will. I then gave him an idea to think over of making the
Budget a Bureau of the Treasury and heading it with Bell's
Bureau. He/seemed to like the idea but I did not press it.
/-didn't
Regraded Unclassified
68
I told him that I thought one of his weakest points in
his armor was the fact that he had no control over the spend-
10g of the Independent Agencies. I know that Douglas feels
very bitter over the fact that his Executive Order was with-
drawn early in January which would have brought the Independent
Agencies in. The President said this is all right. Look up
the old Executive Order and have it fixed up. He said, after
all we are over the rush now and we can begin to do this sort
of thing. He said you will not have any trouble with A.A.A.
but you will with Ickes. I understand it was Harold Ickes
who raised such hell about this order in January. In fact,
the President said that Ickes objected violently to this order
because he felt that Douglas being opposed to Public Works
would use this order to retard Ickes' program which was most
likelythrough.
Bell showed the President where he could dig up twenty
seven million dollars for the C.C.C. Camps and the President
brushed the memo aside and said, that could wait until I get
back on the 24th. Bell then showed the President where it
was possible to pick up five hundred million dollars out of
R.F.C. for Harry Hopkins and he brushed that memo aside. Both
of these gestures were most encouraging to me but certainly
the news that the President expected to spend as a minimum two
and a half billion dollars for unemployment and public works
was most discouraging. We certainly have a difficult job ahead
of us. Just where it will all end, heavens only knows.
After Bell left I showed the President Jackson's brief
on the Mellon tax case. The President liked it. He then said
to me, I am told that when Hearst returns he is going to attack
the administration. Can't you look up his income tax and be
prepared. I did subsequently look up his income tax and
found that there was plenty there; also plenty on Marion Davies.
I told the President on Tuesday that we thought it would be
much better to proceed at once on Hearst and Marion Davies in-
come tax before he attacked because if we stated something
after he attacked us he would say that we were doing it to re-
venge and spite. The President agreed and I will tell Robert
Jackson to start it at once. I do not know which is going to
be worse - disclosing the names on silver or William Randolph
Hearst and Marion.
Yesterday, Sept. 10th, with the President's approval I
called up Governor Harrison and told him to get in touch with
Governor Norman of the Bank of England, London, and explain to
him our silver program and that we would be willing to consider
arranging our purchases of silver so that they would not inter-
fere with their stabilization fund operation; also I wanted
him to begin negotiations for the purchase of silver owned by
the British Government which I understand is some four hundred
million ounces. I spoke later in the day to Gov. Harrison and
he said he would talk to Norman on Tuesday.
Oliphant told me that Comptroller O'Connor stopped Opper
in the hall and bawled him out for fifteen minutes because he
Regraded Unclassified
69
had tried to keep one of O'Connor's lawyers from being trans-
ferred out of the Comptroller's office over to F.D.I.C. I
had in my of fice O'Connor, Oliphant and Opper and I very
quietly but very firmly told O'Connor that he was responsible
to me and not to the President. I expected him to carry out
my program of having a general counsel's office for the whole
Treasury. O'Connor argued that he could not run his depart-
ment if he did not control his legal staff. I told him that
we had done this in Farm Credit and with every other Bureau
in the Treasury and I saw no reason why it should not work in
his office. He certainly could not misunderstand me when I
got through.
I talked to William Phillips of the State Department
and explained to him that Coast Guard had chased the Anna D
rum runner into territorial waters of Nova Scotia. I urged
him to try and get cooperation from the Canadians so that we
could work together in the future on rum running; also asked
him to bring the case of the ANNA D to the attention of the
British Ambassador in Washington.
Had Rogers, Oliphant, Viner, Gaston and Coolidge for
supper. The important thing that Rogers told us was that
Japan notwithstanding the fact that she has depreciated her
currency as much or more than any other country has, was able
to keep up her employment to a maximum and her cost of living
down and her cost of labor down. That they are very much
afraid of inflation and that they are hopeful that at the
naval conference next year they will not have to build many
more new battle ships on account of not wanting to throw their
budget further out of balance. I believe Rogers said that
about 50% of their budget today is for war purposes. That
their silk exports are pretty much shot and they have not much
hope of recovering them. That they want to be friendly with
the U. S. That they are not interested in silver. That the
Japanese and British owned mills in China sell their output
in China entirely. That the increased price of silver in
China will drive down the price of agricultural products in
China in just the same way as tho we had increased the gold
content of the dollar in this country. He explains it this
way - that by increasing the price of silver it takes more
grains of silver to make a dollar and therefore China who
is on a silver basis would receive less for their products.
He thinks it is very important that we send a very high class
person to China to come to a friendly understanding with them
on our silver buying program. He said it would be perfectly
agreeable to them if we kept the price of silver stable around
50c. What makes it very difficult for them is to have the
price of silver eradic. He said that in India the agricultural
classes are very prosperous due to our policy of gold and the
increase in the world price of cotton, and India not being on a
silver basis the increased price of silver is like the increased
price of any other commodity to them and therefore helpful.
Regraded Unclassified
70
Furthermore, if the agricultural prices continue to rise in
India, the Indians will put their savings into silver and
therefore will be buyers of silver.
After the rest left, I asked Rogers to stay behind and
he has agreed to stay on for the coming year on the same
basis as he has been heretofore, namely, he will give a
couple of classes at Yale and will be in Washington a couple
of days a week. He says he thinks it is an advantage not
to be too closely identified with the administration. In
talking with Viner yesterday he was extremely blue and feels
that we are headed towards a crash. Much to my surprise he
said that after the first of January he did not expect to re-
turn. This is absolutely contrary to what I understood that
he had agreed to some weeks ago, but there is no use press-
ing him at this time. I think that Viner is overworked and
therefore over-pessimistic. I think it important that he
have a talk with the President at an early date. Viner
feels that the President is getting a lot of poor advice.
He also feels that people like Perkins, Hopkins and Tugwell
are in the saddle and that some of them would like to see a
real crash so that this government could become in Viner's
words either socialistic or facist. Viner's talk had a
most depressing effect on me and as a result of it I expect
to spend much more time on the budget and on the unemployment
problem. In fact it seems to me that there are three things
that I should devote myself to -
International money situation
Unemployment
Budget
Sept. 12th
Just had a half hour conversation with Rogers and
Viner. I explained to them that Hopkins claims he needs
$1,900,000,000 for the present fiscal year. Giving him every
dollar we can lay our hands on, the most we can scrape to-
gether would be $1,149,000,000, leaving a shortage of
$751,000,000. I told them that Hopkins said he had no
real suggestion for 1935 and 1936. I said, gentlemen at
this moment nobody from the President down has a way out.
Viner said, we ought to be telling you that instead of your
telling it to us. I said, that is unimportant. I am going
to ask the two of you to put down on a piece of paper sug-
gestions for the President to put this country back on its
feet. They said when do you want it and I said by the 24th
of Sept. and they both enthusiastically said they would work
together and really give me a new deal for the administration.
Regraded Unclassified
71
Sept. 19th
Crowley camein to see me today. I asked him if he
would be willing to go in as Governor of the Federal
Reserve with the idea that we would put the examination
of banks over there and he said he would do everything that
I wanted him to do.
Sept. 20th
I called Harry Hopkins today and said, Harry, the
President you nor I or the Director of the Budget know
where we are going. In view of that would it be fair to
request you that when you see the President that you ask
only for a commitment for October. That takes care of you
for 30 days. Harry, without a minute's hesitation, an-
swered that it would be o.k. and that he would be delighted
to do SO.
I talked to Governor Lehman tonight and told him that
Mr. Gibbons would be willing to go to the convention in
Buffalo. He said that everything was going along nicely and
that it wasn't necessary. I told Herbert that I was working
on the unemployment problem and he was simply delighted. He
said it was the most important thing that should be tackled
at the present time. He also complimented me on the Treas-
ury's financing.
Sept. 27th
Steve Early called me up to tell me that Fred H.
Prince of Newport and Boston has been spreading a rumor in
Wall Street that the President is firing me, Wallace, Tugwell,
Perkins and Harry Hopkins, I to be succeeded by Jim Perkins
of the National City Bank. I told Steve that the whole thing
was very amusing to me and that I would not take any issue
about it. Steve was very excited and said he was going to
put Pecora on this matter.
Regraded Unclassified
72
Colonel Marvin McIntyre
Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
THIS IS MY SAD STORY AND NOT TOO MUCH TO THE POINT. A
LONG TIME AGO WHEN DOUGLAS WAS STILL DIRECTOR OF THE BUDG-
ET WE CONCEIVED THE IDEA THAT THE UNITED STATES HEALTH
SERVICE SHOULD BE ALLOCATED A MEASLY SUM OF ONE MILLION
DOLLARS OUT OF AN APPROPRIATION OF SOME EIGHT HUNDRED
MILLION DOLLARS. CERTAINLY YOU CANNOT ACCUSE THE TREAS-
URY OF BEING PIGGISH ABOUT ITS OWN MONEY. THIS REQUEST
HAS CERTAINLY BECOME THE FORGOTTEN HOUND AND HAS BEEN
KICKED AROUND FROM THE BUREAU OF THE BUDGET TO THE STATE
DEPARTMENT TO THE ATTORNEY GENERAL AND THEN STRANGELY was
LOST. AS A LAST RESORT I CALLED IN THE COAST GUARD AND
ORDERED THEM TO MAKE A SEARCH FROM COAST TO COAST AND YES-
TERDAY I RECEIVED AN 8.0.S. INFORMING ME THAT THE COAST
GUARD HAD PICKED UP A MYSTERIOUS BOTTLE WITH A LOST PIECE
OF PAPER IN IT ON THE SHORES OF ADMIRAL HOWE'S SUMMER ES-
TATE. TREASURY INTELLIGENCE SUCH AS IT IS INFORMS ME THAT
THE DOCUMENT IS NOW PROCEEDING BY SLOW FREIGHT TO THE SUM-
MER WHITE HOUSE LOCATED THEY TELL ME AT A PLACE CALLED
POUGHKEEPSIE. NOW LISTEN MC, THIS MILLION DOLLARS CAN DO
MORE GOOD AND GET QUICKER RESULTS THAN ANY OTHER MILLION
DOLLARS I KNOW OF BECAUSE WITH IT THE HEALTH SERVICE CAN
GIVE EVERY MEMBER OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE A SHOT IN THE ARM.
Regraded Unclassified
73
IT CAN TAKE THE GOLD OUT OF THE TEETH OF THE BANKERS AND
REMOVE THE DECAY. FURTHERMORE WE WILL BE GLAD TO FURNISH
FREE VETERINARIAN SERVICE TO THE WHOLE WHITE HOUSE STAFF
AS LONG AS THE MILLION DOLLARS LASTS. I FORGOT TO SAY
THAT THE PURPOSE OF THIS TELEGRAM IS TO ASK YOU TO PERSON-
ALLY ESCORT THIS MUCH ABUSED PIECE OF PAPER TO HYDE PARK
WITH THE HOPE THAT THE PRESIDENT WILL AFFIX HIS SIGNATURE
TO THE SAME AND THEREBY RELEASE A MILLION DOLLARS WORTH OF
GOOD
HENRY MORGENTHAU JR
Sept. 12, 1934.
Regraded Unclassified
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
FOR RELEASE, AFTERNOON NEWSPAPERS,
Press Service
74
Tuesday, September 25, 1934.
No. 3 - 11
9-24-34.
The phrase "fully and unconditionally guaranteed" as applied to the bonds
of both the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation and Home Owners' Loan Corporation,
in the opinion of the Secretary of the Treasury, concurred in by the Attorney
General, means that this is a guaranty of payment - not morely of collection -
with the effect that, should either corporation default, the United States is
obligated to make payment of either principal or interest immediately when due
without requiring the holders first to proceed against the corporation.
Bonds of the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation issued under the Act ap-
proved January 31, 1934 and bonds of the Home Owners' Loan Corporation issued
under the amendment of April 27, 1934 to the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, are
guaranteed fully and unconditionally both as to interest and principal by the
United States.
Socretary Morgenthau today made public the text of a letter, addressed to
John H. Fahey, Chairman, Federal Home Loan Bank Board, with the announcement that
a letter to the same effect had been sent to W. I. Myers, Governor of the Farm
Credit Administration, The letter follows:
"September 10, 1934,
"My dear Mr. Fahey:
"Reference is made to your inquiry rospecting the Government guaranty of the
bonds of the Home Owners' Loan Corporation issued under the amendment of April
27, 1934 to the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933.
"Section 4(c) of the Act, as so amonded, provides:
'Such bonds shall bo fully and unconditionally guaranteed
both as to interest and principal by the United States,
and such guaranty shall be expressed on the face thoreof***!.
The bonds issued pursuant thereto recito upon thoir face, over the signature of
the Secretary of the Treasury, that 'This bond 1s fully and unconditionally
guaranteod both as to interest and principal by the United States.'
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
"The Treasury takes the view that this guaranty is a guaranty of payment -
not meraly of collection - - with the effect that should your corporation fail to
pay upon demand, when due, the principal of, or interest on, these bonds, the United
States would be obligated to make such payments immediately rithout requiring the
respective holders first to proceed against your corporation.
"The Attorney General, in an opinion to the Secretary of the Treasury, dated
September 14, 1934, has confirmed the correctness of this view, The opinion reads
in part as follows:
""The guarenty being stated by the statute ns full and
unconditional, there is no occasion to consider in ther a con-
dition should be implied. The separate provision what the
Secretary of the Treasury shall pay if the corporation is ur-
ablo to pay upon demand is no part of the guaranty, but merely
a provision for carrying it out in the only reasonably concoiv-
ablo contingency that would require such action.
"'Considering the foregoing, it is my opinion that if
the / corporation should fail, upon demand by & bona fido
and accredited holdor, to pay either principal or intorest
when due, the United States would therounce become obligated
to make such payment and its obligation would not be conditioned
upon the institution of any proceeding by the bondholder against
the corporation.
Very truly yours,
(Signed) H. Morgenthau, Jr.
Secretary of the Treasury.
John H. Fahey, Chairman,
Federal Home Loan Bank Board,
Washington, D. C."
Regraded Unclassified
75
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
FOR RELEASE, MORNING NEWSPAPERS,
Press Service
Tuesday, September 25, 1934.
No. 3 - 13
9-24-34.
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau announced last night (September
24, 1934) that up to that time approximately $844,000,000 of the Fourth
Liberty Loan bonds called for redemption on October 15, 1934, had been
exchanged for the four-year 2-1/2 per cent Treasury notes of Series D-1938
and the 3-1/4 per cent Treasury bonds of 1944-46.
Subscriptions for the Treasury notes of Series D-1938 aggregate
$596,000,000. This is a preliminary total figure for the note issue,
on which the subscription books closed at the close of business last night.
Subscriptions for the 3-1/4 per cent Treasury bonds aggregate
$248,000,000, and the subscription books for this offering will remain
open until further notice for the exchange of Fourth Liberty Loan bonds
called for redemption on October 15.
Regraded Unclassified
76
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
FOR RELEASE, MORNING newspapers,
Press Service
Monday, October 8, 1934.
No. 3 - 27
10-6-34.
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau has announced that
the subscription books for the current offering of 3-1/4 per cent
Treasury bonds of 1944-46, in exchange for Fourth Liberty Loan
bonds called for redemption on October 15, 1934, will close at
the close of business Thursday, October 11, 1934. Any subscrip-
tion received after the close of business Thursday will be rejected.
The Secretary stated that approximately $950,000,000 of
the Fourth Liberty Loan bonds called for redemption on October 15,
1934, have been exchanged up to this time, $354,000,000 for the
Treasury bonds of 1944-46 in addition to the $596,000,000 pre-
viously reported as exchanged for the four-year Treasury notes
of Series D-1938.
Regraded Unclassified
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
Washington
77
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE,
Press Service
October 12, 1934.
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau today announced that approximately
$1,870,000,000 of the outstanding 4-1/4 percent Fourth Liberty Loan bonds of
1933-38 have been called for redemotion on April 15, 1935. The bonds included
in this third call for partial redemption are those bearing serial numbers
ending in the digit 5, 6, or 7
-
One year ago approximately $6,268,000,000 of the Fourth 4-1/4's were out-
standing. On October 12, 1933,about $1,880,000,000 of the bonds were called
for redemption on April 15, 1934 and on April 13, 1934, about $1,250,000,000
were called for redemption on October 15, 1934. Accordingly one-half the out-
standing Fourth Loan was included in the first two calls. Through refunding
during the past year about $2,750,000,000 of the bonds of this Loan have been
exchanged for other interest-bearing obligations of the United States, whilo
about $380,000,000 of the bonds included in the first two calls either have
been paid or will be paid in cash.
The Socretary invites the attontion of holders of the bonds included in
the third call for redemption to the fact that interest on such bonds cill
cease on April 15, 1935, and states that it is probable that prior to that
date. tuo holders may be offered the privilege of exchanging their called bondo
for other interest-bearing obligations of the United States.
The text of the formal notice of call is as follows:
Regraded Unclassified
FOURTH ITBERTY LOAN 4-1/4 PERCENT BONDS OF 1033-38
NOTICE OF THIRD CALL FOR PARTIAL REDEMPTION BEFORE MATURITY
To Holders of Fourth Liberty Loan 4-1/4 percent Bonds of 1933-38 and Others
Concerned:
Public notice is hereby given:
1. All outstunding Fourth Liberty Loan 4-1/4 percent bonds of 1933-38
(Fourth 4-1/4's) bearing serial numbers the final digit of which is 5, 6,
or
7 (such serial numbers in the case of permanent coupon bonds being ure-
fixed by the correaponding distinguishing letter E, F, or G , respectively),
are hereby called for redemption on April 15, 1935, on which date interest on
such honds called for redemption will cease.
2. This third cell for nartiel redemption is made pursuant to the provi-
sion for redemption contained in the bonds end in Treasury Department Circular
No. 121, deted September 28, 1918, under which the honds were originally
issued, the bonds to be redeemed having been determined by lot in the manner
prescribed by the Scoretary of the Treasury.
3. Outstanding Fourth 4-1/4's bearing serial numbers (and prefix letters)
other than thour designated are not included in or affected by this third call
for partial redembition.
Holders of Fourth 4-1/4's now called for redemation on April 15, 1935,
may, in advance of that data, be offers6 the Driviloge of exchanging their
third-called bonds for other interest-bearing obligations of the United States,
in which evont public notice will horeafter be given.
Full information regarding the presentation and surrender of Fourth 4-1/4's
under this call is given in Dopartment Circular No. 525, dated October 12, 1034.
HENRY MORGETTHAU, JR.,
Secretary of the Treasury
Treasury Department,
Rushington, October 12, 1934.
Fourth 4-1/4's bearing serial numbers nding in 1, 2, 8, 9 or 0, have
heretofore been callod for redemption.
Regraded Unclassified
78
October 10
The President told me that he wanted the Director of
the Budget responsible to him and not to the Treasury as
McReynolds and Bell felt it ought to be
October 13
OUTGOING HEADING
RADIO WASH DC NR 2 CK 84 GOVT TRSY 131m 1328 USS CUYAHOGA
13 OCT, 1034.
GOVT TRSY HON HENRY MORGANTHEAU JR JR.,
SECRETARY OF THE (REASURY ...
TEXT
USS SEQUOTA
DECEMBER WHEAT CLOSED OFF ONE AND ONE HALF STOP DECEMBER COTTON CLOSED
OFF POINT ELEVEN STOP STOCK MARKET CLOSED OFF FRACTIONALLY WITH MIRTY
NDUSTRIALS OFF POINT SIXTY STOP RAWLS OFF POINT FORTY TWO STOP UTILIT-
IES OFF POINT SEVENTEEN STOP GOVERNMENT MARKET CINSED QUIET UP
FRACTIONALLY STOP FOREIGN EXCHANGE QUIET STOP STERLING CL OSED FOUR POINT
NINETY ONE AND FIVE EIGHTHS STOP FRANCS CLOSED SIX POINT SIXIY FOUR AND
FIVE EIGHTHS ...
LOCHHEAD
1405 -AX- 10/13/34
Mary
OPERATOR'S RECORD.
OFFICIAL BUSINESS.
INITIALS OF "RELEASING" OFFICER.
#. a. PROVIDER - - 2-7429
Regraded Unclassified
OUTGOING HEADING
A
5
NAZD NAA NR6 2 AVON V NAA GR 199
79
TEXT
1913 FOOTBALL SCORES NAVY 16 MARYLAND 1, HARVARD 13 BROWN 0
ILLINOIS 14 OHIO STATE 13 COLUMBTA 28 VMI 6 DUKE 20 GEORGIATECH
0 GEORGETOWN 9 MANHATIAN 0 SYRACUSE 20 CORNELL 7 TEMPLE 6 INDIA 6
DARTMOUTH 27 MAINE 0 PRINCETON 25 WILLIAM o ARMY 48 DRAKE 0 AMHERST 13
UNION 0 PITTSBURGH 20 SOCAL b NAVYPLESES 13 GEORGIA MIL COLLEGE 6
YALE 14 PENNSYLVANIA o WASHINGTON 16 OREGON o UC OF LA 16 MONTANA 0
STANFORD 20 NORTHWESTERN 0 TEXAS CHRISTIAN 14 TULSA 14 UNIVTEXAS 19
OKLAHOMA 0 VPI D WILLIAM AND MARY o ARKANSAS o BAYLOR 0 WISCONSIN
28 STOAK STATE 7 RICE S SOMETH 0 KENTUCKY 7 CLEMSON 0 TULANE 28
FLORIDA 12 NEBRASKA 14 IOWA 13 WESVIR 12 WILLIAM AND LEE 0 NORTHCAR
1. GEORGIA 0 CHICAGO 27 MICHIGAN 0 NOTREDAME 18 PURDUE 7 TENNESSEE
27 UNIVMISS 0 MICHSTATE 13 CARNEGIETECH 0 UNIVVA 27
STUCHNS ANNAPOLIS o IOWA STATE 12 MISSOURI 0 2115
2122 M
Drary
OPERATOR'S RECORD.
OFFICIAL BUSINESS.
INITIALS OF "RELEASING" OFFICER.
e. a. PRINTING - same 2-7429
Regraded Unclassified
7NR
Ginga
Juse
Chicago
Michigan
Michigan
huchura
1
rm.1
Glumbru
Columber
Comall
Lyramor
VISTANCE
Syracure
Superse
Duhr
-
Duka
Duke
Sw
N. Carol.
01
Narvard
Brown
Harvard
Harvand
Kuly 2ll has
both
Hab hm
Holy has
they has
who dtub
,LL
Ill.
Minhattm
them
Nab,
Sumar
2
Nulse Hame
Purshas
4.Dame
hots Dame
Uregan
Wish
Hash
transing tm
-
22 Calf
Pittsburgh
Pith him
William
Emactor
Prinator
Tris
-
stanford
inn
/Inn
15urs
Tenn,
11xas
Ukla
Texas
lums
Deak
dreat Pt.
Wrst PT
mest PA
Navy
- Maryland
Navy
Mary
Mary
MM
Winh her
Wiva
-
V.P.I
V.P.I
V.P.J
VPI
Nale
- Penn
take
yab
yale
14
14
17
Regraded Unclassified
Wilson B.
Cary
H.m g.
81
Lengo Michigan
c hreas
Change
Chicago
- V.M.I.
Sumber
Cohnam
smith - Syrnems
Gornall comele
cornell
wake - Grorgin Tech
G. Fuh
Scoziaterh
A
Jurgen - No Carohina
roCoroliva
Nurward Brown
Haward
Herrord
Harvard
duly how - Cathure
Loty Lane
Italy dross
THEY Cross
Minnie - whic Vinto
ICO
Mmohalton - Erozystown
Gergetewn
devision
Niharka - I van
durink
Aubiaska
Pursher
the I
whe Dome
Mothe Nam
L'rrgvu Wrshington
Nachington
Weshing
Pittshurgh S.O. Calif
So.Daliz
he Calif.
Prinction Williams
Drinceton
Princeter
-
Time -
X
Term
term
Taxns - Mala.
(enro
Texas
Texas
army - Deak
Mmy
army
dows
Narry - Maryland
Nary
novy
Mayer
- Wash here
Washin Ree
Wit
Pon, Mary - V.P.I
will may
V.P.
take - Pinn
Form
gale
15
13
17
Regraded Unclassified
82
Dictated on Oct. 18th.
On Monday night, October 1st, we had our first meeting
at the White House. Mr. Bell's report 1s attached herewith:
I am dictating this on October 18th so naturally my 1m-
pressions are rather sketchy. The series of three meetings
which I will now descr be were a result of the conversation
that I had with the President at which I suggested that he
ought to bring in the Treasury, Ickes and Hopkins to discuss
the question of unemployment in relation to the budget and
financing. Each meeting made considerable progress and the
advantage was that it made everybody from the President down
concentrate on this major program. If the meetings did
nothing else it bought out all important facts which nobody
in this group have thought through - the problem of unem-
ployment in relation to the Treasury. Certainly Ickes and
Hopkins had not. I first started to think about this problem
when I saw .D.A. at Hyde Park with Bell and I believe I
have it in my diary. I believe if it had not been for these
meetings Hopkins would have gotten the President to author-
ize the following memorandum which was drawn up in Hopkins
office and given to Bell to submit to the President. (Memo
attached hereto) If the President had signed this memo
Hopkins would have plunged into a program of work relief
which would have, if my memory serves me, increased our l'e-
lief expenditures between Sept. and March by another two
hundred and fifty million dollars. As it is now, Hopkins
is on a month to month basis which I arranged for with him
over the telephone. Hopkins got his $120,000,000 at the
end of Sept. for the month of October and I believe he will
now ask us for about $125,000,000 for the month of November.
I will check these figures against his Sept. memo and I am
quite sure that he is spending way under his earlier estimate,
The mesting which took place Tuesday night, Oct. 16th
was in a way the most disappointing meeting at the time be-
cause Ickes and Hopkins brought in a report, copy of which is
attached hereto, which was SO vague that after the President
had discussed it for an hour and a half and had pointed out
first that their request for 1 Billion Dollars for railroad
crossing was impractical; that their request for 1 Billion
Dollars for rural electrification I pointed out was im-
practical and item after item the President vetoed with the
exception of 2½ Billion for rural and city housing and cer-
tain other transcontinental and radial highways. Whatever
the President said Harry and Ickes would yes him and Ickes
made one remark which was a classic. He said he did not see
that there was any difference as to whether the government
spent five billion dollars or private capital spent an equal
amount. I thought that Viner would almost pass out when
Ickes said this. This discussion in the vaguest terms had
been going on for an hour and a half, I getting more and more
restless - when the President turned to me and said, do you
Regraded Unclassified
83
Those present at Conference No. 1 -
President Roosevelt
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau
Secretary of the Interior Ickes
Mr. Harry L. Hopkins
Administrator, Federal Emergency
Relief Administration
Mr. T. J. Coolidge
Under Secretary of the Treasury
Mr. Herman Oliphant
General Counsel, Treasury Department
Mr. Jacob Viner
Assistant to the Secretary of
the Treasury
Mr. D. W. Bell
Acting Director of the Budget
Regraded Unclassified
84
CONFIDENTIAL EMORANDUM OF CONFERENCE
AT WHITE HOUSE. 8:30 D.M., MONDAY
OCTOBER 1. 1934.
The President outlined the following matters for dis-
cussion, in which the Treasury is vitally interested from
the standpoint of financing.
That all relief should cease on a specified date
and that every one out of employment should be given a job.
The only direct relief then in existence would be the pauper
relief, which would be supplied by local governmental units.
He stated that this might cover a program of three years
costing $5,000,000,000 for the first year, $4,000,000,000 for
the second year and $5,000,000,000 for the third year, or &
total of $12,000,000,000 for the three-year period. The idea
is that this would sufficiently prime the pump to the point
where industry could relieve the Government of further burden.
Possible projects for this program which were dis-
cussed included elimination of slum districts in the larger
cities; the building of low-priced houses and apartments;
the building of a transcontinental highway from Washington to
San Francisco, four to six lanes wide; the construction of
over and under passes at railroad crossings and the general
improvement of the railroad structure; and the improvement of
river and harbor work and water transportation facilities.
Regraded Unclassified
2 -
85
In general, the discussion was limited to self-
Liquidating projects. In connection with some of the projects,
such as the transcontinental highway and the elimination of
slum districts, 1t was thought that the Government might get
& substantial return of its money. This could be accomplished
by renting the houses and apartments built in the slum districts,
thus operating them on a commercial basis; and as to the trans-
continental highway, it might be repaid either by exacting 8. toll
or by the purchase of 8. strip of land one mile wide across the
entire country and the sale of lots to the public.
The President enumerated & number of ways of providing
funds which he said would be advocated in the next Conference.
One was a bond issue, one-third in short-term notes and one-
third in 2½% short-term bonds, both exchangeable at any time
for currency, the other third in long term bonds not so exchange-
able. Another suggestion was loans to municipalities, etc., with-
out interest, to be covered by the issuance of currency which
would be amortized at 23% a. year through a pledge of the receipts
from the public works involved, the case under consideration being
a water system. À third suggestion was for self-liquidating
Federal projects such as a transcontinental highway or slum clear-
ance and also involved paying for them in newly issued currency
to be amortized and retired out of receipts.
Regraded Unclassified
- 3 -
86
Legal delays in getting title to land was discussed.
The New York system of immediate seizure was mentioned as a way
out of this difficulty.
Regraded Unclassified
87
Those present at Conference No. 2 -
President Roosevelt
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau
Secretary of the Interior Ickes
Mr. Harry L. Hopkins
Administrator, Federal Emergency
Relief Administration
Mr. Joseph Kennedy
Chairman, Securities and Exchange
Commission
Mr. T. J. Coolidge
Under Secretary of the Treasury
Mr. Herman Oliphant
General Counsel, Treasury Department
Mr. Jacob Viner
Assistant to the Secretary of
the Treasury
Mr. D. W. Bell
Acting Director of the Budget
Regraded Unclassified
88
NO. 2.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFERENCE AT THE WHITE HOUSE, 8:30 P. me,
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1934.
At the last conference on October 1, the President outlined
two proposals which Mesars. Hopkins and Ickes were to study and submit
5. report on at this conference. A copy of that report is attached hereto.
The President read this report and in going over it he
questioned the estimate of Mr. Hopkins covering the contribution of States
and local communities of $300,000,000. In finishing Project No. 1, he
said, "We will put this program down at & cost of, say, $2,500,000,000."
After finishing the entire report the President suggested that we con-
sider the public work program which would require an ennual outlay of
$6,000,000,000. He raised the question as to whether this public work
program could be carried out on the basis of wages which would be 80
unattractive that the people employed thereon would promptly shift to
industry if it increased its activity. The Secretary of the Treasury
said that he had not seen anything 80 far in the Administration's
program of public works which would indicate that a new program could be
effective before the last half of the fiscal year 1936. He wanted to
know if under those conditions it would not be necessary to continue the
relief program under Mr. Hopkins until the public works were fully
effective. The President said that the Public Works program which they
now had in mind would be entirely different from the one now in operation -
that these public work programs now contemplated would be centralized in
certain sections of the country and would be standardized, whereas
Regraded Unclassified
89
2.
the present public work 1a scattered throughout the country and each
project has to be considered separately. He had in mind in stating that
they would be centralized and standardized, that the slum clearance, for
example, could be drawn up on one standardized program, and that stand-
ardization applied to all alike.
Secretary Tekes agreed that the situation now WEB entirely dif-
ferent from the situation existing at the time they considered the original
public work program. The President thought that we could have three million
men at work by next fall. The Secretary of the Treasury said that this
might be true under plans that the President had in mind, but called atten-
tion to the fact that previous programs contemplated the very same thing;
however, instead of putting two or three million people to work by certain
dates, there were probably less than five hundred thousand.
Mr. Oliphant raised the question as to whether there could not
be a variation of the program by gradually expanding the construction of
self-liquidating projects until all of the people ero at work and
relief rolls are abolished. The President said that this would bring up
the old question of balancing the budget. Mr. Kennedy said there was
serious doubt in his mind as to whether you could lay out an indefinite
plan and then finance it, and said that in order to finance an extensive
progrem, he thought you must have a definite plan within fixed limitations
38 to emount and probably BB to period of time over which it 1e to extend,
so that the country will look forward to 8. balanced budget after that
time.
Regraded Unclassified
90
3.
The Secretary of the Treasury stated that he would like to have
a program laid down for discussion which would give the worst possible
picture - as, for example, that the Treasury would be called upon
to finance relief for say, ten, twelve, or fifteen months to come and
then the self-liquidating projects would start with payment of wages,
at en average yearly wage for the past two, three, or five years, which
would be 80 low as to provide an incentive for the employee to switch
over to industry as soon as it picks up. The President stated that, in
other words, what the Secretary was thinking of was essentially Plan
No. 3. He inquired as to just what we could do to start that program.
Secretary Ickes said that if it is decided to start on Program No. 3,
he would like to reopen his engineer offices in the field with 8 view
to accepting applications for self-liquidating projects and have the
plans all drawn and a definite program approved by the time Congress
enacts the necessary legislation. He said that he could build roads
which would include the Transcontinental Highway if found advisable,
and could carry on the Central Valley project in California.
The President wanted to know how these self-liquidating projects
could be financed. He thought it would be possible to sell no more
than approximately one billion dollars of State and local unit bonds
for these self-liquidating projects. He did not think that we could
sell bonds against slum clearance projects, but that the Government
would have to finance these out of its own funds and then take a chance
on getting this money back through the operation of the houses end apart-
ment buildings on a commercial basis.
Regraded Unclassified
91
Mr. Hopkins then said that he thought that this gathering should
have a picture of the relief situation as it is presented to him in
hundreds of telegrams and letters and conferences with his agencies
throughout the country. He stated that he has attempted in setting up
relief agencies to secure the services of the most able business men in
the community. He stated that the relief problem is appalling - that
while they are now spending approximately $120,000,000 on the average
per month, it should be approximately fifty to seventy-five million
dollars larger. The people who are handling these problems throughout
the country paint 8 very dismal picture of the situation -- that those
on relief rolls have not sufficient to eat and have not sufficient
clothes or housing facilities. Many wonder just how long we can carry
on such a structure, and if the average man cannot see 8. job in eight
within the next eighteen months, he wonders if we are not headed for
serious difficulties.
The President then said that he would like for Mr. Hopkins and Mr.
Ickes to resume their study and set up a tentative schedule of a program
which would give a definite date when five million people can be put to
work. He thought we might start as an objective the employing of five
million people, and then gradually decrease it to, say, three million for
the second year, one million for the third year, end the fourth year it
would disappear.
The Secretary of the Treasury thought that was & very good idea
Regraded Unclassified
92
5.
and that what be would like to have would be a definite program of this
character, setting a definite date as to when the relief program will
cease and public works will take it over on the basis stated by the
President. For example, if Mr. Ickes' engineers can lay down a program
which will assume the burden of putting five million people to work on
say, November 1, 1935, and decrease so much each year until eliminated,
that will give the Secretary of the Treasury a definite program for con-
sideration 6.8 to how such a program can be financed. He would like to
take that program and give it intensive study for a period of, say, ten
days, and then come back to the conference with a definite answer as to
whether or not it can be financed by the Treasury.
The conference adjourned at 10:30 P. m. The date set for a
further meeting was 8:30 P. n. on Tuesday, October 16, at which time
Mr. Ickes and Mr. Hopkins will make a further report.
- 000 -
Those present at this conference were:
President Roosevelt
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau
Secretary of the Interior Tokes
Mr. Harry L. Hopkins, Administrator, Federal
Emergency Relief Administration
Mr. Joseph Kennedy, Chairman, Securities and Exchange
Commission,
Mr. T. J. Coolidge, Under Secretary of the Treasury
Mr. Herman Oliphant, General Counsel,
Treasury Department
Mr. Jacob Viner, Assistant to the Secretary
of the Treasury
Mr. D. W. Bell, Acting Director of the Budget
Regraded Unclassified
COPY
93
October 6, 1934.
MEMORANDUM
TO: The President
A National Work and Relief Program
from July 1, 1935, to July 1, 1936.
A Work and Relief Program for the United States may be developed
within one of several specific frameworks.
Relief without new Public Works
1. Re may continue our present set up, expanding relief expendi-
tures and improving the quality of work done on work relief programs as
required, and maintaining the C. C. C. camps. Such & program will cost:
Relief
$2,400,000,000
Less obtainable State
and local funds
300,000,000
Leaving total required
Federal funds
$2,100,000,000
C. C. C. camps
330,000,000
Total:
$2,430,000,000
This program anticipates a minimum of 2,000,000 persons on work
relief and a maximm of 4,000,000.
If the C. C. C. camps were discontinued and the femilies of the
boys put on relief, that expenditure would be eliminated and relief ex-
penditures would be increased only by $90,000,000 which would make the
total outley of Federal Funds for Relief
$2,190,000,000
All funde indicated above would be direct grants which would not be
repayable and would all be met from present and future taxation. However,
it must be remembered that much of the construction done with work relief
labor is work that would otherwise sometime be done out of tax funds, and,
while the funds are not amortized end repaid, the tax payers are saving the
expenditure of perhaps one-fourth of these funds.
One billion dollars added to public works
2. Assumption may be made that relief will be continued to the full
limits necessary, but that $1,000,000,000 will be expended on Public Works
activities throughout the country over and above present Public Works con-
tracts and commitments. It is also essumed that this will make 8. reduction on
Regraded Unclassified
94
8.
in necessary relief expenditures of Federal funds of $250,000,000. In
this case the estimated minimum expenditures, taking into account possible
local funds for relief, are the following:
Relief expenditures
$1,850,000,000
Public Works expenditures
1,000,000,000
C. C. C. camps
330,000,000
Total:
$3,180,000,000
or this 1t may be assumed that $400,000,000 would be on loans which
would be repayable, thus making the total outright Federal Grants $2,780,000,000
3. Maximum dependence on relief through Public Works
If Federal funds are made available only for the relief of unem-
ployables and a broad work program is set up that will put enough of the
amployables at work to meet the situation, It would appear that we should have
to make the following expenditures:
Relief
$ 350,000,000
Public Works
6,000,000,000
Total:
$6,350,000,000
This program assumes reaching a peak direct employment of 6,000,000
men. There exists available work to be done which can repay its coats over
a proper period of amortization if full local and State responsibility 18
invoked to bring such repayment. Probably $500,000,000 would have to be put
out on direct grants or would have to be used for Federal Projects, so that
they would have to be taxed for; although much of this expenditure will
save other and later tax fund expenditures. This, with the relief expenditure,
would make a total of expenditures to be met out of present end future tax-
ation of $850,000,000.
Several considerations are necessary to the success of such a
program:
À. It would need to be set up on a continuing basis BO that it
looks forward to three to five years of development and activity. It is
probable that by the end of 18 months the rate of expenditures can be reduced.
B. Prices of materials will have to be reduced. Manufacturers
can do this if they are looking forward to & three to five year program.
C. Wage rates must be determined in consideration of an annual
wage. If set up or a weekly or monthly rather than on a Adly or hourly basis,
this can be done in such a way that proper ennual sarnings may result without
maintaining distortions in the wage structure.
(Signed) HARRY L. HOPKINS
HAROLD L. ICKES
Regraded Unclassified
9.5
Those present at Conference No. 3 -
President Roosevelt
Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau
Secretary of the Interior Ickes
Mr. Harry L. Hopkins
Administrator, Federal Emergency
Relief Administration
Mr. Joseph Kennedy
Chairman, Securities and Exchange
Commission
Mr. T. J. Coolidge
Under Secretary of the Treasury
Mr. Herman Oliphant
General Counsel, Treasury Department
Mr. Jacob Viner
Assistant to the Secretary of
the Treasury
Mr. D. W. Bell
Acting Director of the Budget
Regraded Unclassified
No. 3.
96
CONFIDENTIAL MEMORANDUM OF CONFERENCE AT THE WHITE
HOUSE, 8:30 p. m., ON TUESDAY, OCTOBER 16,
1934.
The President started the conference by referring to his recent
conversation with Russell Leffingwell, formerly Assistant Secretary
of the Treasury. He stated that he had asked Mr. Leffingwell what he
would think, from the standpoint of finances, of a scheme (1) to provide
relief on a moderate scale and in addition public works on a large scale;
and (2) to provide relief on a large scale with public works on a moderate
scale. Mr. Leffingwell apparently did not give any definite answers at
the time of his conference, but agreed that when ne went back to New York
he would think the matter over and give the President a definite reply
in writing. The President read Mr. Leffingwell's letter, which was a
repetition of the many statements heard before to the effect that continued
large Government expenditures will seriously affect the country and retard
improvement and make it impossible to proceed with the capital markets.
The President then told about his conference with Jackson Reynolds,
putting practically the same questions which he had nut to Mr. Leffingwell,
Mr. Reynolds' reply was that the sums could be financed and would be
financed if either proposal is to be the Government's program. He stated
emphatically that it was the duty of the Federal Gov ernment to take care
of the unemployed even if we know that we are headed straight for national
bankruptcy. This is a strong statement when you consider the character
of this man.
Regraded Unclassifie
97
- 3 -
Mr. Kennedy said that he could not agree with Mr. Leffingwell's
attitude in the matter; that it was his opinion that as soon as the
Securities Commission's regulations are out the capital market would
immediately be in a position to move forward, He hoped that by the end
of this week they would approve the largest single piece of financing
since 1929, namely $25,000,000 of Republic Iron and Steel.
The President then said ne would like to discuss for a moment some
of the construction problems that had been running through his mind for
the past week, one of which was the electrification and installation of
modern plumbing in low-cost dwelling houses. He called attention to the
fact that a project of some kind nad been started by local authorities
in West Virginia. They had electrified homes and out in modern plumbing
and there is no doubt in the minds of the people in charge that the money
will come back into the local Treasury. He said that the Tennessee Valley
Authority had done a good job in this connection by taking over the power
plant in Tupelo, Mississippi. They have cut the rate by one-half and
after six months' operation the consumption has multiplied by two and the
gross income 15 no less than it was before. He thought that this was a
field for the Government representatives to give a great deal of considera-
tion to for the purpose of ascertaining whether or not the Government could
finance the installation of power lines and electrical apparatus in homes
throughout the rural sections where they have not already been installed
by private concerns.
Regraded Unclassified
98
- 3 -
Mr. Hopkins then said that he had on Monday visited with Mr. Henry
Ford in Detroit, Mr. Ford apparently was quite in sympathy with the
program to decentralize industry in the United States and he said he was
prepared to build six plants immediately in any place in the United States
in connection with this program. He also said that he could build annually
6,000,000 care and that he hoped before long that ne would be able to put
a car on the market at a price no one has ever dreamed of. He also said
that he looked forward to the day when he could not only manufacture
6,000,000 cars but could sell 6,000,000 cars and could sell them cheaper
town any other manufacturer, Mr. Ford said that he could tomorrow put
his plant on a six-hour basis.
The President then read the report submitted by Mr. Hopkins and
Mr. Ickes, & copy of which is attached. In going over the chart the
President asked the question as to whether the figures under No. 1 referred
to city housing or if it included rural housing also. Mr. Hopkins replied
that it was only city housing, whereupon the President stated that the
figure was too high and suggested that it be changed to show one billion
for slum clearance in cities and one billion for rural housing. He thought
that we might well spend this amount of money on the two projects suggested,
out did not believe that we could spend two and one-half billion dollars
in any short space of time in cities alone. He also thought that the city
housing should be confined strictly to slum clearance.
Item 2 would depend entirely unon what is eventually done with the
railroads, The President doubted if there are more than two lines in the
Regraded Unclassified
99
- 4 -
country today that can borrow money with any hope of its being repaid
without rearrangement of its capital structure. He thought, therefore,
that the railroad item should be eliminated from any consideration at
this time. Mr. Kennedy suggested that at least $100,000,000 might be
spent on railroad cars alone. He called attention to the fact that the
railroads had now on hand a large number of cars of 40,000 to 60,000 ton
capacity. He suggested new cars of double or triple this capacity so
that one car would do the work of three. The President immediately raised
the question as to what would happen to the indebtedness already existing
on the old equipment. Mr. Kennedy suggested that this would merely mean
that the two would be combined, which would mean a longer amortization
term for the combined indebtedness.
As to item 3, it W&S agreed that extension of power lines might
be essential but it was thought that this could not be used in the next
nine months to employ any great number of people. It was agreed that
this item should be eliminated.
On item 4 there was obviously a mistake in the figures for the
cost of $600,000 per mile for express highways. It was apparently intended
for $60,000 per mile, in which case the total cost should be $600,000,000
instead of $6,000,000,000. There was a general discussion of this matter.
It is very questionable as to whether the Government could hope to secure
repayment of the money invested in this undertaking. The President
suggested that for this item we put down $500,000,000 for the first year.
As to item 5 for grade crossings, doubt was also expressed about
Regraded Unclassified
100
- 5 -
its repayment. It is questionable whether railroads could afford to
repay the amount invested and certainly the local communities would
not want to do it. It was generally agreed that this item was of the
tame character as item 2 and should be eliminated,
The other two items, namely, non-Federal projects and water
resources, were not discussed to any great extent.
The discussion then shifted to the transcontinental highway.
The question was raised as to what sections would benefit the most by
an immediate expenditure of moneys for this purpose, The President said
that the funds certainly should be spent in communities having the
greatest unemployment problem. He had been thinking about this trans-
continental highway and wondering if we could not plan it so that
eventually we would have four cross-country highways and four cross-
roads running north and south, plus any branches that may be necessary
to 60 out into the various States. The projects should be centralized
so that they would draw labor from all of the surrounding territory.
For instance, a project should be started, say, at some central point
in the New England section and then draw labor from the whole of the
New England territory. It would not be necessary to build all of these
highways at once, but the project could be started where the unemployment
is the greatest and gradually extended into the sections least affected
by the depression. It will be his hope, after the highways are completed,
to build houses along such nighways and sell them as homes to the public
with a fairly large plot of ground, say as much as twenty acres.
The President asked the Secretary of the Treasury if he was satisfied
Regraded Unclassified
101
- 6 -
with the information which had thus far been developed. The Secretary
said that he would like to speak ouite frankly on the subject. He wanted
the President to know that he felt absolutely cold to the whole proposition.
He had seen nothing in the program submitted tonight or any other night
on which we could go forward with any definite plans whatever. He was
noning that he could get reports from Government engineers who are qualified
to speak on it and get their views as to just when construction could be
expected to start and wast the cost would be for these projects under dis-
cussion, He called attention to the fact that we have various organizations
well equipped with engineering staffs. He referred to the Army and the
Procurement Division of the Treasury. He thought that the matters discussed
should have the immediate consideration of the Good Roads organization in
the Department of Agriculture, the Home Owners' Loan Corporation, the Farm
Credit Administration, and Federal Housing. The President added the National
Resources Board. The Secretary said that he was quite certain that today
the Federal Government was entering into contracts to carry on public works
with no attention whatever being given to the question of taking people off
the relief rolls to carry on such Federal work. He thought this was important
and brought home to him nis previous suggestions that all of this work should
be concentrated in one place so that there could be centralized authority to
deal with public works and to lay down definite policies with respect to
relieving unemployment and reducing relief rolls.
The President then directed Mr. Ickes and Mr. Hopkins to get a corps
of engineers and submit to them these projects; have them survey the situa-
tion with respect to legislation needel both in Congress 2nd in the States
Regraded Unclassified
102
- 7 -
60 that there would be no delay in the acquisition of property, etc.,
from the time we are ready to start; and submit time schedules as to
just what can be done. This report is to be available in two weeks.
It was understood that this would be a preliminary survey and that we
would have a discussion on it at that time, A definite survey could be
made during the month of November. We would have a meeting shortly after
the President comes back from Warm Springs on December 6 and have a definite
report for Congress, including a definitely coordinated plan. The Govern-
ment should be ready to proceed by the first of February and the whole
program should be in complete operation next fall. In this connection
the President told Mr. Hopkins that ne thought he should give serious
consideration to the effect winter weather would have on the projects we
have had under discussion, because in certain sections of the country
unemployment would increase in spite of the large Federal projects under
construction because of the severe weather.
Regraded Unclassified
203
MEMORANDUM to the President:
October 16, 1934.
A National Work Progres.
Work which will actually reemploy three to six million men and
will produce useful things that in thomselves will earn funds and re-
sult in increased tax funds so that their cost can be largely repaid
appears necessary. Because the heavy industries are at a lower point
than other industries in the United States, construction activities
that will draw on them are needed.
The program of work should be undertaken in fields where people
can be put to work quickly, where some planning exists, where there
is real social need, and where the returns will be such that the bonds
outstanding against them can be retired at regular intervals over a
proper period of amortization.
Possible Work to be Done
HOUSING stands out AS a great present need of the country. This
10 particularly true of low cost housing which has to be built under
public ownership so that it can be developed without the heavy cost of
private financing and the excess profits of speculative builders. This
type of housing does not compete with private building and is in part
the only type of housing for which there is a large demand,
RAILROADS need a great deal of track improvement, chiefly ballast,
with considerable number of new culverts and ties, some doubling of
Regraded Unclassified
104
track, and improvement of country switches. This is very largely & hand
labor Job, using a greater proportion of direct labor than any other
type of work and it is estimated that about half the mileage of the
railroads of the country require some work.
RURAL ELECTRIFICATION either in extension of the present lines or
net up for new development on an area basis. with aggressive pressure
we might hope to vastly increase the rural use of all electric power,
at the same time reducing the cost to consumers.
EXPRESS HIGHWAYS which separate high and low speed and cross traffic
have been discussed in the past and some have been planned and a few
actually built. There is an established advantage in having such high-
ways, and in the area east of the Mississippi and north of the Chis about
3,000 miles are needed of which perhaps a third is somewhat under plan.
Tolls can be charged on such highways for a time, which adds to their
repayment poesibilities. If broad right-of-ways are purchased they will
have a re-sale value at considerable increment, perhaps enough over a
period to pay the cost of the highway.
GRADE CROSSINGS are an important source of accident risk but more
particularly of traffic complications and delay. There are 235,000
places where roads and streets cross railroads, and of these about
20,000 need to be separated. In addition to grade separations there
are A large mumber of traffic by-passes, and other traffic control
devices that need building. Most of these have plane somewhat advanced.
2
Regraded Unclassified
105
WATER RESURCES offer a field in which a good many projects are
definitely under plan, both in water conservation and in drainage. Most
of the water conserv tion projects are in *rers where population is not
dense and there consequently is not the number of people needing jobs
that there 19 in the industrial sections of the country. but some work
should be done in this field. This would include work on flood control,
drainage, and the public repects of irrigation. Land and water would
be made available for resettlement areas. Repayment of expenditures
would be made over A long period through Assessment on the land reclaimed
or benefited.
Some of the pertinent facts concerning these fields or work are
shown in the attached chart. The amount of direct and indirect employ-
ment that probably should be developed within a six or eight months
period may be summed up AS follows as to number if people for n two
hundred day period:
Fields of Activity
Direct Labor
Indirect Labor
Housing
1,250,000
625,000
Railroads
975,000
300,000
Power Line Extensions
200,000
80,000
Express Highways
400,000
400,000
Grade Crossings
400,000
400,000
Non-Federal
500,000
400,000
Water Resources
100,000
60,000
Total
3,825,000
2,265,000
Total direct and indirect 6,090,000 men for 200 days.
Agencies to Handle the Program
A work program of this sort should be promoted from a central place
is Washington -- a. single cabinet department or emergency administr tion -
3
Regraded Unclassified
106
and should reach out to a maximum decentralization to gain local particips-
tion and support. Central controls, engineering and financial standards
should be set up. Locally it is essential that agencies as close to the
ground where the work is to be done be found and pushed into action.
Housing can beet be handled by Public Housing Corporations set up is
each city or county wishing to carry forward the program. A simple
pattern of corporate organization should be estoblished. The Railroade
themselves would be the obvious agency for any work to be done on their
trackage and facilities. Power Lines can be built by Farmers' Associa-
tions; many are now being built by School Boords. which serve as a very
good small district but does not give the advantage of planning over
several counties that joint agreement of County Commissioners would give
if lines are out in on an ATEA rather than & tie-on basis. Express
Highways and Grade Crossings can best he hondled through the State high-
way departments under the supervision and direction of the Federal
Highway department of the several States, since most of this work would
be on State highways or on streets tributary to such highways. In al-
most All States the highway department has a method of cooperative work
on streets and on local ro-de that are not actually part of the highway
system. All of these agencies would be tied into the central one in
nonington. Work on water resources would be handled by reclartion recl and
drainage districts under existing statutes.
Repayment of Money Advanced
It in desirable that It be clearly understood and intended that
practically all of the money advanced on such a пгодтав shall be renaid.
4
L
Regraded Unclassified
107
In the attached shart the cources of such repayments, the time they will
sake (which indicates the period of amertization) and the percentage that
Regraded Unclassified
can be expected is indicated. Is mest cases the construction vill, is
itself, care income, such as rentals from houses and handling charges in
improved terminal facilities. The period of amertisation should be
slightly less than the prospective life of the construction. In the
case of express highways it is reggested that tells be charged as one of
the cources of repayment. Since tolls are something of a naissnes and
since the greatest competitive value of the express highways is seon after
their building, it is suggested that the tolls be on & ton year peried and
at such a rate as to ostablish a sinking fund that can retire the bonds
over a longer period, and that over the whole period - diversion of
gasoline taxes be made. Other than that the sources of repayment are
direct and simple.
Much work now done with work relief labor would be done under this
program. A vary rough estimate of the amount of work relief projects
that are astually self-liquidating in that they offer reduced public -
penditures or increased tax sources, would indicate that at any given time
there are projects running over 100 millions of dollars total value is
process that fall in this elassification. These range from garbage
incinerator at Charleston to Signal Corps construction in Alaska.
Time Schedule
It probably would take two months to get me actually at work on the
ground on this kind of a program in any large mumber, although the rail-
read job - if the railroads, the Federal Coordinator, the Interstate
108
Commerce Commission, and everybody ensered were agreenble to 10 -
could probably be started up in two vesits. The accomblage of lote for
brusing work slows up the time schedule here, but if the program 10
planned a few months in advance and pressure is put upon the program of
organising lecal Public Housing Corporations and they have reasonable
assurance that the funds will be made available promptly and adequately,
three or four months of preliminary work should make a great may housing
projects available. Beginning with as initial employment of 50,000 sea
within six weeks, this program could be developed and expended to reach
a yeak employment of 6,000,000 men nine months or a year after beginning.
If planning is begun in November 1934 peak employment could be reached
by November and December 1935. Because of the great amount of work open
to be done in each field the program could be extended as needed. 30-
cause of the small units and flexibility of most of the work 11 could be
closed down quickly when not needed.
The objectives can be reached most easily if the program is set
up on a continuing basis looking forward to three to five years of develop-
ment and activity with 6 tapering off after two years if material ma-
ufacturers make maximum reductions of prices in view of the long con-
tinuance of the pregram; and if vage rates are not on the basis of as
annual rate rather than a daily or hourly casual basis.
Relief Employment
A definite requirement should be made and the program set up to
provide for the specific transfer of employable workers from the relief
Regraded Unclassified
109
rolls to these Public Works jobs. If this were done relief for the
unemployed could be discontinued by November 1935.
There is attached a shart indicative of the total possibilities of
work. There is also attached a chart presenting the classes and kinds
of projects which are ready for presentation to the Public Works Admin-
istration.
Harry L. Hopkins.
Harold L. Ickes.
7
Regraded Unclassified
b
o
di
.
I
&
a
Extent of possible
Sotimate cost of
Let mate
Direct Labor
Indirect Labor
Agency that
Fields Meeding Work Does
work
Cost per Lait
total possible
Cost of work
employed
employed
could best
Repayment
York
now pleased or
C of
NED
& of Ven
numdle
Method $
quickly so
Cost (200 days)
Cost (200 days)
locally
1 HOUSING
1,500,000 Units
# 6,000 per
a
9 billion
$2.5 billion
50)
1,250,000
25%
625,000
Local Public
Rental over
deficiency
Unit
1.
bousing Corp.
30-40 yr. 100%
Present rail-
Froe revenues
2 RAILROADS
120,000 milse
# 20,000 per
4 2.4 billiom
$2.5 billion
65%
975,000
20%
300,000
road corpore-
and earrying
(tack improv sent)
need ballast, track
Mile
tions
for 0.5. mer
20 years. 100%
repair, etc.
300,000 miles ex-
School boards, From revenues
2 POWER LINE EXTENSIONS
tension end new
$750 per
# 2.25 b!ll on
3 -4 billion
50%
200,000
20%
80,000
Count) Commis-
over 25 years
devel opment
Vile
sioners, Farmers'
100$
Associations
10,000 miles
State and
Tell for 10 yrs
4 EXPRESS HIGHWAYS
use-
$600,00 per
8
6
Billice
$1
Billian
40$
400,000
40%
400,000
County Highway
-ncrement of
ful at present time
File
Departments
right-of-way
State Highway
tax & fraction
⑉ tax 20 yrs
100%
or 235,000 crossings
State end
Diversion of
5 BRADE CROSSINGS
18,000 separations $55,000 each
413 william
+ 1 billing
40%
400,000
40%
400,000
County Highway
part of gas tax
Departments
and these on
needed now
property benefit-
ed 40 yrs. BOX
Plants,
6 NON FEDERAL PROJECTS
Public Buildings,
Veriable
$ 2 billion
60%
500,000
400,000
"14 Streets, etc.
treat number of
Reclamation and Property as-
, WATSH ASSOURCES
anll dama and exten-
primble
: 1 Billion
à
.2 billion
50%
100,000
30%
60,000
crainage dia-
securants
slons of drainage; nd
tricte
over 40 yrs. 90%
twent, large
GRAB in country
$8.6 Billion
3,825,000
2,265,000
Direct and Indirect 6,090,000
Regraded Unclassified
111
think you could finance this. I then saíd this program
leaves me absolutely cold. The President said you sound
like Leffingwell and I said, I wish I had half his brains.
The President in a sarcastic manner said, have you any bet-
ter suggestion and I said, I know whenever you offer any
criticism you always subject yourself to this kind of an
attack. He said what is your suggestion and I said I think
Hopkins and Ickes should bring in a report as to a number
of self liquidating projects which will be backed up by
engineering reports which are so good that nobody can tear
them apart. Furthermore, I said, I consider it equally
important that we have one agency which does the spending
of this money and I think that this set-up is just as im-
portant as the first proposition, namely, the projects.
I was under the impression that the President did not like
what I said. Hopkins remarked that he thought I was un-
fair and how could I expect him to come in with finished
projects. The discussion went along for about another
half an hour and much to my surprise the President said -
to sum up - and repeated directly word for word what I had
said, namely, that we would meet in two weeks when Ickes and
Hopkins should bring in complete engineering reports showing
what self-liquidating projects could be undertaken and that
in December we would take up the question of what kind of
an organization should run these projects. I then stood up
on my feet and said, I think we ought to go home. Before
leaving, Joe Kennedy said to the surprise of all of us, since
listening to this discussion for two evenings, I have changed
my mind and I am now in favor of the Public Works Program.
October 17th, Wednesday, I had lunch with Hopkins
and went over the whole situation with him again. I said,
Harry, why don't you start and demonstrate that you can use
the unemployed on self-liquidating projects. He smiled
and said, I started that last night and from now on we will
try to convert our work entirely into self-liquidating
projects to demonstrate what our organization can do. This
of course pleased me tremendously. My executives keep
telling me how very foolish I am to go along on the develop-
ment of this program with Ickes as I will find that our
organization will be out of a job. I took Hopkins over
to Procurement Division and introduced him to Peoples and
Barton and told Hopkins to use these two men for the next
two weeks to help develop the program for the next meeting
of the President.
This morning I had the most thrilling meeting
with the President at his bedside which lasted for about 50
minutes. He said I tried my best to get your eye last
Tuesday night to get you to lay off suggesting that we have
one organization do public works from now on. He said I
Regraded Unclassified
112
absolutely agree with you but I did not want Ickes and
Hopkins to get fighting over this at this time. He said
I think that the road money should go to agriculture; that
army engineers should do their share and I said that we
should have one man to keep track of all of it and that man
should be Hopkins and he said, I agree with you with the
possible exception that we should leave with Ickes the
financing of municipalities. I said, I even question that.
We might even turn that over to R.F.C.. F.D.R. said I
think I will try to get from the next Congress two more
members for the Cabinet and then have a general unscrabbling
and re-scrabbling of a lot of the functions. I think we
ought to have a post which would look after all of the work
that N.R.A. does for business and a lot of the similar
work done now in the Dept. of Commerce. Furthermore, he
said, the whole question of tree planting, public lands,
national forest has to all be studied and he said, you
know as much about that as I do. He left me with the
distinct feeling of encouragement and that he and I were
seeing absolutely eye to eye on this program.
I then told him that I knew something of the troubles
between Richberg and President Hutchins of Chicago. He
said I am having all kinds of trouble but I told Richberg
that I made an offer and agreement with Hutchins and I am
going to go thru with it 100%.
I spoke to him about paying Bell the salary of the
Director of the Budget and I said I could increase his pay
by making him Special Ass't to me. The President said he
thought we might be criticized and I should find out if he
could not get out an Executive Order making the position
of the Director of the Budget civil service, and in that
way Bell would not lose his civil service standing. I
said how about the future if you want to put somebody else
in Bell's place who had no civil service standing. He said,
that would be easy - I would simply rescind my order.
113
INDEX OF EVENTS
IN THE
CROWLEY - O'CONNOR MATTER
Regraded Unclassified
-1-
114
October 15, 1934
Letter from Crowley to Secretary, submitting record of
activities during past few years.
December 31, 1934
Crowley's affidavit that he does not own or control any
stock in any State or National Bank.
January 2, 1935
Meeting in Secretary's office. O'Connor and Crowley both
present. Purpose of meeting to give Crowley opportunity
to hear O'Connor's charges.
January 2
HM,Jr. called Senator Vandenburg and told him he would go
into the case ; that either o'Connor will have to substan-
tiate his charges or withdraw them.
January 4
Letter from Mr. Farley inclosing letter from Mr. Coffey
January 7
Coolidge's report of investigation of Crowley.
January 7
Statement prepared by Crowley's lawyers.
Undated -- (Early in January)
Oliphant's reaction to Crowley's statement.
January 15
Summary and Analysis of memorandum dated January 15
January 16
Oliphant's (?) memorandum on Crowley loans; facts suggest
possibility of violations of penal provisions of State of
Wisconsin.
January 14
Meeting in Secretary's office. O'C made charge that Crowley
had employed a man who takes graft.
Regraded Unclassified
-2-
115
March 12
O'Connor meeting with Secretary -- O'Connor will not
press investigation since Crowley had promised to resign.
March 22
HM, Jr telephoned to O'Connor asking for report on Crowley.
March 22
Letter from HM,Jr. confirming telephone conversation.
September 13,1935
Crowley wired Secretary from Chicago that he will try to
defer any drastic move until HM,Jr. returns from abroad.
March 25,1936
Letter from James Coffey to Secretary Morgenthau that
a Chicago paper will print expose of Crowley's activities.
May 1, 1936
Senator Wheeler's letter to the Secretary (replied to
May 5.)
May 5
Secretary's letter to O'Connor that matter should be
disposed of without further delay.
May 5
Letter from Crowley inclosing memorandum to Coolidge
dated May 4.
May 5
HM,Jr. called McIntyre and McIntyre is worried,
May B
McIntyre's (?) memorandum to Secretary that certain in-
dividuals who had dealings in the banking affairs of
Mr. Crowley are on payroll of FDIC.
Regraded Unclassified
-3-
May 5,1936
116
Meeting in Secretary's office of O'Connor and McReynolds.
President will have conference tomorrow.
May 6
HM,Jr's letter to O'Connor that 0'0 is in error when he
says he gave HM, Jr acknowledgment of letter dated March 22.
May 12
Jesse Jones' request that Treasury not make a written report.
May 14
Meeting at White House with McIntyre. HM, Jr recommended
no action until Crowley had opportunity to prepare reply
to Brown report.
May 18
O'Connor's letter to Secretary that Folger had examined
report made by Brown and Crowley was an official of the
State Bank during period covered by report but not officially
connected with a State bank; therefore Comptroller's
office not required to initiate action.
May 19
Meeting at White House with McIntyre. President consulted.
Decision later.
May 21
Meeting in Secretary's office to iron out difficulties
over dispute as to whether Staute of Limitations has expired.
May 22
HM,Jr's conversation with the President, as related to
Oliphant and McReynolds. Decision to let Crowley have
copy of report to present defense.
July 2
Crowley and McReynolds met with Secretary. Secretary told
Crowley his services entirely satisfactory but in view of
possibility of criticism against President for retaining
him, HM,Jr's opinion Crowley should resign.
Regraded Unclassified
117
August 17, 1936
Anonymous letter from New York, N.Y. Repeating rumors
he had heard that Crowley was indebted to banks in Wisc.
and had used his position to borrow personally in Washington.
December 11, 1936
Telephone conversation between Senator Wheeler and HM,Jr.
Inquiring what was going to happen to Crowley; HM,Jr. re-
plied he had washed his hands of the affair and offered
to have a conference with Wheeler to explain all that had
happened.
March 11, 1937
Davis of O&Connor's office telephone conversation with
HM, Jr in which Davis asked HM, Jr to see Mr. Diggs of
FDIC
Regraded Unclassified
1933
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
118
WASHINGTON
OFFICE OF THE CHAIRMAN
October 15, 1934.
Dear Secretary:
Upon leaving your office this noon I phoned
my brothers and attorney regarding the matters you and
I discussed. I have just received word from them that
arrangements would be made to take care of their obli-
gations without my endorsement, and that even their in-
debtedness will be taken out of the bank. When these
plans are carried out, I will not have any financial
obligations, bond issues, mortgages, or otherwise, in
any bank or similar institution, nor will I own any
stock in banks, state or national. I will be happy, of
course, to obtain additional confirmation of the above,
if you so desire.
Lear, Respectfully Crowly yours,
Honorable Henry J. Morgenthau, Jr.,
Secretary of the Treasury,
Washington, D. C.
Regraded Unclassified
Oct.
119
For your record, I am pleased to submit to you & brief history
of my activities during the past few years.
For E: great many years I have been associated in many business
activities in Wisconsin largely associated with my four brothers. I
have never been associated with any promotion development nor any corpo-
ration which offered stock to the public. In the early part of 1928
two of our banks became seriously involved, both of which were institu-
tions that I WBB not in any way associated with, my connections always
being with other institutions and I had no financial interest in these.
I was drafted to try and save these institutions and one of my first
acts WBB to put in $600,000 with some of my friends in one of these banks
and sold it to another banking corporation with the understanding that I
was to remain with them for two years while they were working out plans
of B. merger. This I did. I completed this contract and withdrew from
the banking field at that time which was in 1932, and I have never been
associated actively with banking since.
Myself and brothers had very large interests in paper, lumber,
oil and other interests, and two of my brothers were in the market quite
heavily and had some heavy current obligations. In order to avoid any
unnecessary loss to them I offered to endorse their obligations, and it
the
note
was arranged for a long term extension and their notes are not due for
several years yet. I did this on account of our family pride and my
desire to see that they were given an opportunity to meet these obliga-
tions in a perfectly normal way. My attorney and the president of the
bank both advised that it was not necessary to endorse this paper, but
I told them I much preferred to do that and when I endorsed these notes
it was with the understanding that I was not to put up any of my personal
Regraded Unclassified
120
- 2 -
collateral.
Personally, I was never in the market, have always been ex-
tremely conservative and none of my connections in the past or at pre-
sent can be in any way embarrassing to me. Neither my family nor myself
own any bank stock or have any connection with banks either directly
or indirectly. I have no bonded indebtedness, mortgage indebtedness
nor currect indebtedness. The only obligation I have is this indirect
limit a
in fait
obligation.
Lier exceedy
Regraded Unclassified
PBR
meeting
121
October 19th
John Sinclair came in and told me he had been
approached by a group who wanted to know whether the
Treasury would be interested in buying twenty million
ounces of silver to be delivered over the next nine months.
I said, whom do you represent and he said, I think it is
Mexico. I told him that I was not interested in dealing
with any government thru a third party.
Kiplinger came in to see me today and said, I am fed
up on Mrs. Roosevelt. I have been bursting to say some-
thing. What I want to know is, is she first lady of the
land or is she Mrs. Roosevelt. A lot of people around
town are grumbling. She is constantly throwing monkey-
wrenches into the government departments and they are all
afraid to say something because she is the wife of the
President. I begged him to go slowly and reconsider.
Regraded Unclassified
October 24th
122
Mr. Morgenthau called for George Harrison and Jackson E.
Reynolds to come immediately to Mr. Morgenthau's office to 80
over speech which Reynolds was to give that night before the
A.B.A. After the introductions the Secretary said to Mr. Reynolds
that it was his habit to speak plainly and bluntly and he wanted
to speak in that fashion about this speech Mr. Reynolds was to
deliver. He said he and others had read it and all of those who had
read it were shocked by 1t. Mr. Reynolds asked what it was to
which exception was taken. The Secretary pointed to the so-called
parable at the beginning of the speech containing Hannibal's
fatherly advice to Scipio, the younger. He also called attention
to the reference to the President as a former law pupil of Mr. Rey-
nolds and the statement that he did not always know the answers.
The Secretary said in effect that the patronizing tone of both
these passages was almost an insult to the President and would. be
certain to be resented widely. "If you were to deliver this speech
as it is written, to a general audience, I wouldn't want to be
answerable for your safety.'
The Secretary said Reynolds expressed surprise at this
attitude. He said that as a lawyer he liked to develop the reasons
for antagonism between two parties, as a preliminary to disposing
of the issues and that was what he tried to do in this case. He had
no intention to do anything but promote harmony, but if there was
objection to these passages he would be glad to cut them out.
"For that matter" he said "if you would tell me that I could get on
a train and go home and just forget this speech, I would be very
happy to do it. I am not making the speech because I want to do
it -- the President invited me to make it."
The Secretary then said the general effect of the speech was
to picture the bankers as a group of equal importance to the govern-
ment of the United States and if the speech remained of that tenor,
the President would have no option but to deliver a fighting answer,
"and I can tell you" the Secretary said in substance "that that
wouldn't do the bankers any good."
Mr. Reynolds then said all right, he would be glad to make any
changes that were suggested and asked for suggestions as to the
wording. After a very brief discussion of possible phrases to be
used, the Secretary told Mr. Reynolds that he had outlined the
objections and he would prefer that Mr. Reynolds should do as he
saw fit about making changes, knowing how we felt about the speech
as it stood. Mr. Reynolds then agreed to do this. Said he would
cut out the parable and the story about the President's school days,
although he had thought the President would be pleased at this
latter incident and in fact MacIntyre had given him to understand
Regraded Unclassified
123
that the President would be pleased by it.
Just as he was leaving he said that he thought that this
was making a lot of stir about nothing and it was really all
nonsense, but that he was a good sport and that he would do as
requested. Having got this shot off his chest, he left in an
apparently amiable mood.
Proposed speech attached - also speech that Reynolds
finally gave.
Regraded Unclassified
speeck Seren as meeting ABA,
124
Mr. President, Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen:
My remarks will be brief, simple and earnest.
Because of events with which we are all familiar,
there exists today, I regret to confess, evidence of mis-
understanding between many of our country's bankers and
those whose duty and responsibility it is to administer
the affairs of the country. I an profoundly convinced
that this contributes to the ills from which we are suffer-
ing and I believe its removal will greatly promote the
welfare of our country. I should like to address a few
brief observations to the Bankers tonight in the form of
questions to which I ask no vocal response, but only that
you shall answer them to your own secret selves. The an-
swer to the first will be unanimous, but the answers to
the second and third will be various. The first question
is: Is it avoidable that either through private philan-
thropy or the appropriation of public funds the destitute,
unfortunate and unemployed must be cared for? Second:
(And I put this question, I know, to men who, from high
motives and deep conviction, believe, as I do, that the
solvenoy of this nation and the prosperity of its people
rest on a balanced budget.) May we not be in error in
expecting too early a date at which, even with the strict-
est economy and integrity of administration the budget may
Unclassifie
125
-8-
be balanced; and can any one of us fix a precise date
when such balance can be attained without fear that our
prophecy will be made ridioulous by subsequent events?
Third: (And I put this question, I know, to men who pas-
sionately believe, as I do, that without monetary stabil-
ity we face chaos.) If any one of us had the grave respon-
sibilities and duties of the President of the United States,
and were facing, as he is, international monetary insta-
bility abroad and diverse demands for inflation at home,
would we at one stroke both tie our hands vis-a-vis the
currencies of Europe and the Orient and risk consolidat-
ing into one irresistible program the inflationary demands
here, by making a statement today that the very definite
stabilization of the dollar effected last January and since
maintained should stand for all time and under all circum-
stanoes?
I pose these three questions only, but there are
many more that all of us can envisage. In this highly
perplexing state of affairs, are we not justified in ex-
pecting wiser decisions, more likely to be productive of
good for our country, if we abandon an attitude of antag-
onism for one of cooperation? By this I do not mean to
suggest any surrender respecting what we believe to be
principles of sound finance or any abatement in our in-
126
sistence upon the utmost economy and integrity in admin-
istration. But I do submit in all earnestness the query
whether it 1B not better for the country and for us to
modify the manner of the presentation of our views.
And with the foregoing in mind, Mr. President, I
feel that the banking fraternity in the last two years
has endured enough mass punishment 60 that it 1s now in
such a chastened and understanding mood that you can ac-
cept with hospitality any overture of cooperation on the
part of the leaders of that fraternity.
As I conclude I wish to make two statements which
I sincerely believe to be true. The first 18: In the last
twenty-seven days in March, 1933, President Roosevelt con-
tributed more to rescue and rehabilitate our shattered bank-
ing structure than any of us did individually or collective-
ly. For that service to us, and through us to our country,
he deserves our sympathetic and helpful response, and in
addition he deserves, and I am sure he will invite, earnest,
reasoned criticisms of any proposed governmental policies
respecting the banks. My second statement 18: If the Gov-
ernment and the banks continue in the role of antagonists,
it will involve the gravest consequences to our country,
perhaps even the destruction of many institutions and prin-
ciples we have long held dear. The poor, whom we have
Regraded Unclassified
127
-4-
always with us, will not be much worse off. The rich will
survive in comfort at least, as they always have, but the
great stratum of our people between these two groups will
be irretrievably ruined. If, on the other hand, we aban-
don our antagonisms for friendly, understanding, sympathet-
1c cooperation, I believe we can make a great contribution
toward the perpetuation of our cherished institutions, the
encouragement of our fellow-citizens, and the gradual and
sound rebuilding of the shattered economic and financial
structure of our country.
tike Inc left
of
Flast I Last you AND I have
ve 260
yes -
the
Review
Person
-
and
R
TW
Regraded Unclassifie
Regnish write the
128
Remarks of Jackson E. Reynolds at the
American Bankers Association Banquot meeting
in Washington, Wednesday, October 24,
1934,
Mr. President, Mr Toastmaster, Ladies and Gentlemen:
My remarks will be brief, simple and earnest.
I wish to begin with something in the nature of a
parable. A little over twenty-one centuries ago two hos-
tile armies confronted each other in a valley lying to the
southwest of Carthage. One was the Carthaginians under
the command of Hannibal, the other, the Romans under the
command of Scipio Africanus. In conformity with the cus-
tom of that time, the two leaders left their respective
camps and met for a parley in the middle of the plain.
A free paraphrase of Hannibal's observations to Scipio
would run something as follows: "Scipio, this is the
first time you and I have met as opposing commanders on
a field of battle. The last time we met, fifteen years
ago, you were a youth and your father was in command of
the Romans. Fortune favored me on that occasion and the
Roman army was routed and you and your father and your
uncle were pursued from the field by my cavalry. In the
interval I have had a hundred victories. You too have
had your victories against other Carthaginian leaders.
Fortune alone will determine which of us will be the vic-
tor if we go into battle today. You and I can settle all
the issues between us without this battle, and I urge that
Unclassified
129
-2-
we confer together to that end and prevent the useless
sacrifice of thousands of our brave soldiers, and restore
the peace of the world." Hannibal's wise admonition was
not heeded. The battle was fought, and some years after-
wards both commanders died in exile - Hannibal by his own
hand.
Because of events with which we are all familiar,
there exists today, I regret to confess, a hostility be-
tween our country's bankers as a group and the group of
men whose duty and responsibility it is to administer the
affairs of the country. I am profoundly convinced that
this contributes to the illa from which we are suffering
and I believe its removal will greatly promote the welfare
of our country. I should like to draw on the wisdom of
Hannibal to address a few brief observations to the lead-
ers of these two groups tonight in the form of questions
to which I ask no vocal response, but only that you shall
answer them to your own secret selves. To the bankers I
should like to pose three questions. The answer to the
first will be unanimous, but the answers to the second
and third will be various. The first question is : Is it
avoidable that either through private philanthropy or the
appropriation of public funds the destitute, unfortunate
and unemployed must be cared for? Second: (And I put this
question, I know, to men who, from high motives and deep
conviction, believe, as I do, that the solvency of this
Regraded Unclassifie
130
nation and the prosperity of its people rest on a bal-
anced budget.) May we not be in error in expecting too
early a date at which, even with the strictest economy
and integrity of administration, the budget may be bal-
anced; and can any one of us fix a precise date when such
balance can be attained without fear that our prophecy
will be made ridiculous by subsequent events? Third:
(And I put this question, I know, to men who passionate-
ly believe, as I do, that without monetary stability we
face chaos.) If any one of us had the grave responsi-
bilities and duties of the President of the United States,
and were facing, as he is, international monetary insta-
bility abroad and diverse demands for inflation at home,
would we at one stroke both tie our hands vis-a-vis the
currencies of Europe and the Orient and risk consoli-
dating into one irresistible program the inflationary
demands here, by making a statement today that the very
definite stabilization of the dollar effected last Jan-
uary and since maintained should stand for all time and
under all circumstances?
I pose these three questions only, but there
are many more that all of us can envisage. In this high-
ly perplexing state of affairs, are we not justified in
expecting wiser decisions, more likely to be productive
of good for our country, if we abandon an attitude of
-4-
131
antagonism for one of cooperation? By this I do not
mean to suggest any surrender respecting what we believe
to be principles of sound finance or any abatement in our
insistence upon the utmost economy and integrity in admin-
istration. But I do submit in all earnestness the query
whether it is not better for the country and for us to
modify the manner of the presentation of our views.
A little less than thirty years ago I was a
professor in the Columbia University Law School. In my
classes there was an eager youth named Franklin Roosevelt,
In those days, on the occasions of examinations, I was
accustomed to put to him a series of questions, and I am
going to be BO far guilty of a breach of confidence as to
tell you that he did not always answer all of them correct-
ly. Since those days, going our separate ways, he has at-
tained great distinction, and I have attained
a tol-
erant old age. I believe that with his genial human qual-
ities, he may not regard it as an impertinence if I ask him
a question tonight, providing I give him the same indul-
gence I have given you, and do not ask him to answer it
vocally but only to his secret self. My question to you,
Mr. President, 18 this: Do you not feel that the banking
fraternity in the last two years has endured enough mass
punishment 80 that it 18 now in such B. chastened and under-
standing mood that you can accept with hospitality any
overture of cooperation on the part of the leaders of that
fraternity?
Regraded Unclassifie
-5-
132
Thus far my observations have been confined to
a parable and a series of questions. As I conclude I wish
to make two statements which I sincerely believe to be true.
The first 1s: In the last twenty-seven days of March, 1933,
President Roosevelt contributed more to rescue and rehabil-
itate our shattered banking structure than any of us did
individually or collectively. For that service to us, and
through us to our country, he deserves our sympathetic and
helpful response, and in addition he deserves, and I am sure
he will invite, earnest, reasoned criticisms of any proposed
governmental policies respecting the banks. My second state-
ment 16: If the Government and the banks continue in the
role of antagonists, it will involve the gravest consequences
to our country, perhaps even the destruction of many insti-
tutions and principles we have long held dear. The poor,
whom we have always with us, will not be much worse off.
The rich will survive in comfort at least, as they always
have, but the great stratum of our people between these
two groups will be irretrievably ruined. If, on the other
hand, we abandon our antagonisms for friendly, understand-
ing, sympathetic cooperation, I believe we can make a
great contribution toward the perpetuation of our cherish-
ed institutions, the encouragement of our fellow-citizens,
and the gradual and sound rebuilding of the shattered 600->
nomio and financial structure of our country.
MEETING RE:
133
FUND REQUIREMENTS FOR HOME OWNERS' LOAN CORPORATION,
FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION AND
FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION.
!
A meeting was called in the Secretary's Office, Friday
A.M., November 2nd, the Secretary presiding.
Those present were: Messrs. Coolidge, Eccles, Fahey,
Thomas, Moffett, Myers, Crowley and Haas.
---
The Secretary inquired of Judge Thomas as to the prog-
resn being made on industrial loans by the Federal Reserve
Banks. Mr. Thomas presented figures indicating that the
volume of loans of this type was continuing on a low level.
Mr. Moffett distributed some new regulations recently
issued by the Federal Housing Administration. Mr. Eccles
said the interest rates given in the regulations were too
high. Mr. Moffett disputed this point.
The Secretary directed attention to a meeting earlier
in the year, when he agreed to a billion dollars increase
to Home Owners'Loan Corporation on the understanding that
the Federal Housing Administration would be in operation
before the billion was disbursed and thus take the burden
off the Home Owners' Loan Corporation. The Secretary point-
ed out that Government credit must be maintained, but that
this was not possible with the issuance of guaranteed bonds
to the extent of 200 to 300 million dollars monthly. He
Regraded Unclassifie
-2-
134
further maintained that the prime consideration in a fur-
ther extension of Federal financing is whether or not the
financing will result in putting more people to work.
Mr. Moffett felt that his program was two to four
months ahead of schedule, based on reasonable expectation
of handling a job of its character; further, that the hous-
ing section of the Act was not emergency legislation, but
mortgage reform producing a beneficial result over a period
of years, and would aid in minimizing the effects of an-
other business crash.
Mr. Fahey said he agreed with the Secretary with re-
gard to cutting down the Treasury burden, but since fore-
closures have declined only twenty per cent from their
peak, he felt that keeping people in homes was also a mat-
ter of major importance that had to be dealt with.
Mr. Eccles pointed out that the Federal Housing Admin-
istration program would not get anywhere as long as the
Home Owners' Loan Corporation loans remained available.
The business, he pointed out, must be diverted toward the
Federal Housing Administration, Mr. Eccles added that too
much Government money had been used in refinancing debt
which gives no stimulus to recovery.
Mr. Fahey said that the loans they were making could
not be insured, as & whole they are not good enough.
Mr. Myers said farm foreclosures and city foreclosures
Regraded Unclassified
-3-
135
were different in that a farm foreclosure meant that a
farmer also lost his job in addition to his home. He
thought it unwise to stop refinancing immediately, but
suggested using various devices for tapering the loans
off. He pointed out that in regions where there has been
material economic improvement, applications have declined
sharply -- as in the South, for example.
Mr. Crowley pointed out that if the Home Owners' Loan
Corporation continued its present policy, it would get all
the home mortgages. He suggested some individual handling
was necessary. Institutions should be told that after in-
vestigation, a percentage of their loans would be taken and
that they would have to carry the rest. This, he said,
would cut down volume. Fahey said they were doing that now.
Mr. Coolidge added that institutions should be willing to
hold mortgages and not press foreclosure. Mr. Myers point-
ed out that a large portion of farm mortgages was held by
individuals who are much more difficult to control with
respect to foreclosures than are institutions.
Unclassifie
136
Steve: He is leaving on a speaking tour at 12 o'clock.
H. M. Jr. Yes.
Steve: He wants to get your answer on this Collector of Customs
out there. You know we
H. M. Jr: For what state?
Steve:
Well, now as a Collector of Customs, I said to Mac
it is merely a signortorship. This fellow is alright.
He comes from a family of money and while he has been
more or less of a loafer but there is nothing on his
morals.
H.
M.
Jr.
Well what man?
Steve:
The candidate for the job from Louisville - his name
is Brenan, I think it is.
H. M. Jr: Well, I don't know a thing about it.
Steve:
Well I think you can go along and appoint him - I don't
- I don't believe that there is
Mac agrees
with me
H. M. Jr: Who is Mac?
Steve:
McReynolds
H. M. Jr: Oh.
Steve:
We had Irey - Irey's squad check him up, see. In
other words
H. M. Jr: Collector of Customs for where?
Steve:
In Louisville.
H. M. Jr: Oh.
Steve:
The fellow who was in there took a - an examination
for Postmaster and came out high enough on the list
to be appointed Postmaster in Louisville.
H. M. Jr: Oh.
Steve:
So that left a vacancy.
H. M. Jr: You think it's alright?
Regraded Unclassifie
- 2 -
137
Steve:
I think it's alright because it's what they call an
itinerant report and he's only got about 12 or. 14
employees under him.
H. M. Jr: And you say Irey's report is alright?
Steve:
Irey's report is alright.
H. M. Jr: Alright, Steve -----
Steve:
The only thing they said against him - that he was a
two-fisted drinker and they checked that up and they
say that that was political enemies - he does take a
drink but he knows how to handle it.
H. M. Jr. Now - O.K. on that.
Steve: Yea.
H. M.Jr:
And the other thing is Louie Howe called me up - terribly
excited about last night. Have you got the reports on
those two men from Detroit?
Steve: Yea.
H.M.Jr:
Are they on your desk?
Steve:
They're in the file here now. I can get them in
just a minute.
H.M.Jr:
Well get them out and just the second I get a break,
I'll ask you to come in.
Steve:
Alright - alright sir.
H.M.Jr:
Alright.
Steve:
Goodby.
October 26, 1934.
Regraded Unclassified
138
Pearson:
Hello Jim.
Sloan:
How are you feeling?
P:
I'm very well, how are you?
S:
Well I'm alright. I was reading your column this
morning and I was reading about my friend, Dr. James Harvey
Rogers.
P:
Yes, I hear that stirred quite a little rumpus at
the Treasury.
S:
It did stir a rumpus?
P:
Somebody told me that.
S:
I didn't hear anything about it. Where did you find
it? Out on the street somewhere?
P:
You mean hear about the rumpus or get the
S:
No the story.
P:
Story.
S:
Yeah.
P:
Yes, I - I got it out from one of my friends, Jim, I -
As a matter of fact, Rogers been raising hell about it - trying
to find out where I got it.
S:
He's raising hell?
P:
Yes - he's sore and he also said that he thought that-
that our friend, young Henry, was sore.
S:
Alright Mr.
But
-----
P:
It didn't come from Rogers himself at all.
S:
I thought and I was interested and now I'll tell you
what I'll do. I want to talk to you about it sometime and see what
you can tell me, because it's kind of a funny one.
P:
Alright, I'd be delighted to talk to you. I'm leaving
tomorrow for the Middle West.
S:
Where you going?
P:
Going to Omaha, Sioux City and other places.
S:
Well I've been there.
Regraded Unclassifie
- 2 -
139
P:
You've been there? Well I don't - I'm not anxious
to go.
S:
You're not? How you going - drive?
P:
No, I'm taking the train. I got to hurry. But
I was going to say I will be gone a week and if you would like
to talk to me before then, why we better get together right away.
S:
Are you going to be home to-night too?
P:
Yeah - I expect to be home tonight.
S:
Well I just got a little interest in that mat
P:
Unless something comes up why
S:
Well I'm going over to Georgetown Hospital after
dinner and suppose I drop by your house on my way back.
P:
Let's do that.
S:
Alright Drew (?) Thank you.
P:
Alright, goodby.
Oct. 26, 1934.
Mrs. Klotz:
Keepdis
The thunder in this record starts in
where Rogers says "The point is, etc".
The mechanic thinks he could do better
if he could hear a record sometime that is
not so highly confidential and I agree with
him. It is the only way to get at the seat
of the trouble.
McH
Oct. 31, 1934.
440
H. M. Jr: Morgenthau talking. Is this Dr. Rogers?
R:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
In the first place, let me thank you for that map.
I won't mention any name, see?
H. M. Jr:
Hello
R:
Yes.
H.M. Jr:
I showed it to the President yesterday and he is
very much interested. He also read your accompanying
letter. Now what I want to ask you - I don't like to
do it over the phone but time is the essence. Could
you give me any suggestions of what we could do - it
might be - how shall I put it? A restraining influence
on that particular country which the map was about.
R:
Well that's very difficult to answer offhand.
H. M. Jr:
Well would you mind - could you get off at letter during
the day that I. could get tomorrow.
Rogers:
Yes, or I could be down there in the morning if that
was of any importance.
H. M. Jr:
Well I'll know more during the day.
R:
Yes, I'm not quite clear just what you want.
H. M. Jr:
Pardon me?
R:
I'm not quite clear from what you told me so far just
what - just what you want.
H. M. Jr:
Well to give you an idea weld put on some kind of a
compensating tax on - say silk.
import
R:
Well since the silk/is slow right now in the United States
that I don't think it would do much damage.
H. M. Jr:
No.
R:
The point is we import about 90% of their silk - that is
their export of raw silk but we are importing very little
and they are selling very little - of course what they
have in stock - we could buy up a lot of this raw silk
very much as we did cotton a few years ago and they
have that stored away at Yokahama.
H. M. Jr:
Well - I 'd like to - if you could come down and talk
to Viner and Powers it would be fine.
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
441
R:
Alright, I'll catch the midnight train and be
down there in the morning.
H. M. Jr:
That will be fine, thank you.
R:
Good-by
Due
Patt
of
case
of
-
-
100
to
here
in
October 30, 1934.
we
before
IV
THE
the
S
Tea, Dr. Wilson the
raty My - *
don't to
The
VISIT
TO
04
valu
Ice.
now - I the licst as
CARD DA
- THE use so No 45 398 other
any 2%
an your - 4
an
Regraded Unclassified
142
H. M. Jr:
Hello - hello.
This is Colonel Schwartzkopf of the New Jersey
State Police talking.
H. M. Jr:
Yes, Colonel, this is Mr. Morgenthau.
8:
Yes sir. We are now preparing with the Attorney
General all of our evidence in the Hauptmann case -
Lindbergh case,
H. V. Jr:
Yes.
E:
Mr. Wilson - Frank Wilson of the Intelligence Unit
worked with us for a very long time on this case
and he is familiar with every detail of it.
E. M. Jr:
Yes.
if
S:
And I was wondering/it would be imposing on you too
much and interfering too much with your Intelligence
Division if I could make a personal request to have
him come up and work with us on it.
H. M. Jr:
Well for how long?
3:
Why for the next five or six weeks while we're
completing this case for presentation in the Court.
H. M. Jr:
Well you see Colonel I'd love to do it but before
I came in the Treasury we took that - so-called
Lindbergh case out of the Treasury and gave it to the
Justice and then since then I've put Mr. Wilson on
a most important case.
S:
Yes, Mr. Wilson told me about that and that's the
very reason I am making this in a personal way - I
don't want to interfere.
H. M. Jr:
Yes, well I'll inquire but I am afraid it is going
to be impossible. You know Governor Moore wrote me.
8:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
And I went into it very carefully and I am just as
much interested in the Lindbergh kidnapping case as
any other citizen - more SO.
S:
Yes, I know that.
H. M. Jr:
And - but you know how it is yourself if you were
handling a case that was taken away from you, you'd
put your man on something else.
8:
Oh absolutely.
Regraded Unclassifie
- 2 -
143
H. M. Jr:
And Wilson is on this other case - I think he has
30 men under him.
S:
I see.
H. M. Jr:
And he's right in the midst of it and it's one of
the most important cases we've got, if not the
most important.
S:
I see.
H. M. Jr:
But I will look into it and if it - and of course
the other day I let you have Wilson for three or
four days.
an
:
He was/enormous help to us there. You have no idea
how much it meant to us to have him for those few
days. We got some things started then that we
couldn't have gotten started any other way.
H. M. Jr:
Yes - I'll look ----
S:
He was an enormous help to us.
H. M. Jr:
I'll look into it again but I don't want to encourage
you.
8:
Well I hope you understand my position ---
H. M. Jr:
Colonel I ---
S:
I wouldn't for the world want to do anything to
embarrass you.
H. M. Jr:
I understand perfectly.
S:
I feel that it's so important that I do appreciate
the opportunity of presenting our side of the
situation to you.
H. M. Jr:
That's alright and I'll take it up and if there is
any way of doing it I'll do it.
S:
Well I appreciate that very much indeed and I hope
you will accept my apology for being presumptuous
for having called you on the phone.
H. M. Jr:
You don't have to apologize - that's quite alright.
Regraded Unclassified
144
- 3 -
Befory
S:
I did feel it was that important.
H. M. Jr:
I'm glad you called me..
8:
Alright, thank you very much.
H. M. Jr:
You're welcome.
S:
Yes sir.
October 31, 1934.
I
Regraded Unclassified
145
Henry Morgenthau, Jr.
Mayor
LaGuardia
Good morning, Mr. Secretary.
H. M. Jr:
How are you?
LaG:
Fine.
H. M. Jr:
Mr. Mayor, I think you and I have got a common
interest in Dutch Schultz.
Mayor LaG
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
And I think I saw last week that you made a statement
that you're anxious to get him.
Mayor LaG:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
Now I've been told and I - I mean I feel I can talk
very frankly and confidentially to you.
Mayor LaG:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
That there's been a feeling between the New York
Police Department --
Mayor LaG:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
and J. Edgar Hoover. And on account of that there's
been a crossing of wires. I don't know whether it is
true or not.
Mayor LaG:
I don't think so - not on the top it may be down
below.
H. M. Jr:
Yes
Mayor LaG:
Because I talked to my Commissioner about that and
you see Edgar and I are very good friends.
H. M. Jr:
I see.
Mayor LaG:
And we worked together many years when I was a
Member of Congress, so that the feeling up on top
is alright if there is any sabotizing down below.
H. M. Jr:
Yes. Well now the point is the Treasury wants this
fellow.
LaG:
Yes.
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
146
H. M. Jr:
And he's the last of the big gangsters that are out.
Mayor LaG:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
And 1f there is anything we can do to work with you
I want to let you know that.
Mayor LaGa:
Why absolutely and and ----
H. M. Jr:
But it's the Treasury that wants him you see.
Mayor LaG:
Anything we can do to co-operate with Department
of Justice we'll do.
H. M. Jr:
Yes, yes. Well it's our own people - Elmer Irey
has been out for him now for about a year.
Mayor LaG:
Yes.
H. V. Jr:
You know Elmer Irey?
Mayor LaG:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
And so if there is anything that the Police
Commissioner has or there is anything that we can
do if you tell him that Elmer Irey is ready and
anxious to co-operate.
Mayor LaG:
Well as long as you tell me I wish that either
Hoover or Irey would tell me frankly if there's
been any lack of co-operation in any way ---
H. M. Jr:
Yes
Mayor LaG:
so that I can straighten that out immediately.
H. M. Jr:
I see.
Mayor LaG:
You see? Because I think it's a defiance not only
to the city but to the whole government that this
fellow is at large.
H. M. Jr:
No question about it.
Mayor LaG:
But my hunch is that he is not very far from
this city.
H. M. Jr:
Yes. Well I'll ask Irey - I mean I can't ask
Hoover because he doesn't work for me but I'll
ask Irey if he does feel there is any and if there
is I'll call you again myself.
Regraded Unclassified
- 3 -
147
Mayor LaG:
Will you please?
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
Mayor LaG:
And you can tell me very frankly because at the
top it's alright. If there's any feeling then
it's down below and then I would suspect that it isn't
one of irritation or jealousy but one of rather
protecting this particular person.
H. M. Jr:
I see.
Mayor LaG:
And I want to get right to it.
H. M. Jr:
I knew you would.
Mayor LaG:
So don't hesitate to let me know.
H. M. Jr:
Thank you.
Mayor LaG:
And is it alright if I talk to Hoover and tell him
that we've had this little talk?
H. M. Jr:
Well you could use your own judgment on that.
Mayor LaG:
Yes because I want to get any little snag eliminated
and as I say some of these things that I've observed
I think that this gentleman has very strong
connections.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
Mayor LaG:
I want to break that down And if - anytime that
Irey wants to talk to me, tell him to come right
in.
H. M. Jr:
I don't think it would serve any particular purpose
for the moment if you did talk to Hoover but you ---
Mayor LaG:
Alright.
H. M. Jr:
--but you can use your own judgment.
Mayor LaG:
Alright. I - I won't because this thing is very very
important.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
Mayor LaG:
And just let me know if there is anything you want
the whole -- any part of the Department to do and
it will be done at once.
Regraded Unclassified
- 4 -
148
di
Mallo.
H.M. Jr:
Thank you. calline, No. Operatory,
Mayor LaG:
Alright, Mr. Secretary.
H. M. Jr:
Good-by TM
- 9. 3rd
- 3 while - she
Neavers
This LT - wire,
The 4 201
Wire provided In butch
-
Date
MRS 1966 Miking DE line and tow
Charl LSe
- - - Tear York Polton
state PAY 2000 FRODS E.
NATION
Lap. 1'm have are - non
& one
& he nil station : - and
7.
INSURED
The
- and
led No maid we TYNE that -
Instruction provide yourself was Mount E
now - - VI OF cob.
Yes.
November, 1, 1934.
Thursday.
MA
Possible
Town
-
de
or
vocked
for Trystars 14
MV
howars
care x
my
PERA
IM
Regraded Unclassified
149
Hello.
Hello, this is Hoover talking, Mr. Secretary.
H. M. Jr:
Yes, how are you?
Hoover:
Fine, thank you, hope you're the same.
H. M. Jr:
Mr. Hoover, I think I can take a chance on the
telephone.
Hoover:
Yes, this is the through wire - confidential wire.
H. M. Jr:
Oh. We're particularly interested in Dutch Schultz.
Hoover:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
And I was just talking to Mayor LaGuardia and told
him that the
was that the New York Police
really weren't very keen about it, see?
Hoover:
Yes. I've heard that same story.
H. M. Jr:
And he said whether I could substantiate it and
I said I doubted it.
Hoover:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
And he said that - well I've heard about some
jealousies between yourself and down there. I
don't know whether it is true or not.
Hoover:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
But just purely gossip.
Hoover:
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
But - so he said anything that we could do or
he could do to let us know but I just wanted
to tell you personally as far as the Treasury is
concerned that that's the last of the big income
tax gangsters who are out and I am particularly
interested in it myself.
Hoover:
Oh, I am very glad to know that. We haven't been
making any first - what they might call first line
drive on trying to find him because we thought that
naturally it was a matter the Treasury would give
it's first attention to but, if you would like to
have us do so, I would be very glad indeed to
instruct our New York Office to just bring all
pressure to bear on that. We've heard a lot of
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
150
unsavory rumors. They may be without a scintilla
of foundation. I don't know.
H. M. Jr:
You say you have not been giving it particular
attention?
Hoover:
No, that is we've only been looking for him as we
would for any other general fugitive.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
Hoover:
Because he was not one of the cases that we've
worked on and we've been looking for some of these
kidnapers primarily and have had him more or less
in what we would call the secondary class because
I assumed that the Special Intelligence Unit were
bearing down themselves on it.
H. U. Jr:
Well they are.
Roover:
Yes.
H. S. Jr:
And - they are - but I don't - I just - and
Hoover:
Well, I - I really think, Mr. Secretary, that a
case of that size being as important we ought to
more or less pool our assets so to speak.
H. M. Jr:
That's the point.
Hoover:
And everyone of us kind of just put our shoulders
to the wheel to try to find him.
H. M. Jr:
That - that's the attitude.
Hoover:
And I'll be very glad indeed to see that that is
done at once. I'll see that our New York office and
we here will just put him down as kind of public
enemy No. 1 secretly so we can find him.
H. M. Jr:
Yes. I don't think the publicity on it will help
find him.
Hoover:
Oh no, no indeed, I think the thing to do on that
case, from what I have known of it in just a very
general way, is to make certain contacts and
connections that can't be made I think around New
York because I think he is in or around there.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
Regraded Unclassified
151
- 3 -
Hoover:
And do it very secretly and just out of a
clear sky if we can do so and be lucky enough
to just bring him in.
H. M. Jr:
Fine.
Hoover:
And I'll be very happy to see that those orders
are issued at once here.
H. M. Jr:
Right.
Hoover:
And bear down on it and see whether we can't help
out on that for you.
H.M. Jr:
Thank you.
Hoover:
Be very happy to.
H. M. Jr:
Thank you.
Hoover:
Thank you, Mr. Secretary.
November 1, 1934.
Thursday.
Regraded Unclassified
Mrs. Klotz:
I don't know who the other speaker
is on this.
This call was made around
4:35 yesterday.
hauk
McH
altohul
Nov. 2, 1934.
spoketime
Tot
Regraded Unclassifi
H. M. Jr.
Hello
152
Yes?
H. M. Jr:
Henry talking. If the next couple of days you hear
of anything that is going on and find that you think
you can pass along to me why I'd appreciate having it.
Well, now, Henry.
H. M. Jr.
Yes
After I left the office to-day a cable came in
which I don't understand.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
And which I will try and get an explanation of over
night.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
But it certainly contains a clear intimation that
something or other - this is just to you -
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
That something or other is in the wind over the
week-end.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
Now what that is they don't say.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
But the cable takes the general view that they don't
think over the week-end is a good time to be short
of gold.
H.M.Jr:
Yes.
I don't know why they should say that because we
have no position in gold - haven't had except by the
way of intimation.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
And I don't know whether that means Brussels or
whether that means - or what that means.
H.M.Jr:
Yes.
But I'll be very glad to call them up on the
phone and find out.
Regraded Unclassified
- 2 -
153
H. M. Jr:
Will you and if there is anything that you feel
you can pass along - why ---
Oh my dear fellow I feel when it comes to talking
to the Secretary of the Treasury I can pass on
anything that we get.
E. M. Jr:
Well that's very nice.
And I will point ---
H. M. Jr:
There's something doing. I don't know - there's
something going on.
I won It call them up on the Pennsylvania - I'll
tell my operator to call on the Pennsylvania - I'm
uptown now and to get word to me tonight what it's
all about.
H. M. Jr:
Right. Thank you
If they can and where will I reach you during the
evening.
H. M. Jr:
Well ---
If I get it.
H. M. Jr:
If - if I couldn't do anything before the morning
anyway.
What:
H. M, Jr:
I couldn't do anything before morning anyway. What?
That's right. I thought it might be something you
would want to think about or discuss with someone
H. M. Jr:
No - if you could call me
Henry?
:
Yes. They may be very guarded could you - have you
any suggestion in your mind as to what line of inquiry
I might follow?
H. M. Jr:
No just that - what you're talking about
Yes. I don't know what that telegram means
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
Regraded Unclassified
its hurented this to FNM nb E
pha purpose CHATRA was to 2778 he
- 3 -
DID
slord 154 155
/
But I'll try and find out.
H. M. Jr:
O.K.
Goodby Henry.
H. M. Jr:
Thank you.
November 1, 1934.
Thursday.
Regraded lassified
Eceles presented this to F.D.K at P.M.
$2.1934.
the huspose DESTRABLE CHANGES was IN to THE ADMINISTRATION show stand. where he
OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
155
1. Relation of monetary management to business stability. Fluctuations in
production, employment and the national income are determined by
changes in the available supply of cash and deposit currency and
by the rate and character of monetary expenditures. The effect
of an incressed rate of spending may be modified by decreasing
the supply of money, and intensified by increasing the supply of
money. Experience shows that without conscious control the supply
of money tends to expana when the rate of spending increases and
tends to contract when the rate of spending decreases. Thus, dur-
ing the depression the supply of money instead of expanding to
moderate the effect of decreased rates of spending, contracted, and
80 intensified the depression. This is one part of the economy in
which automatic adjustments have an intensifying rather than a mod-
erating effect. If the monetary mechanism is to be used 8S an in-
strument for the promotion of business stability, conscious control
and management is essential.
2. Present possibilities of monetary control. At the present time main reliance
must be placed upon increased governmental and private expenditures
to bring about a rise in the national income. The most important
role of monetary control at the moment 1a assuring that adequate sup-
port is available whenever needed for the emergency financing in-
volved in the recovery program.
3. Role of monetary control in the future. Two supremely important duties are
likely to devolve upon the reserve administration in the near future.
The first is assuring that 8. recovery does not result in an undesirable
inflation. The second is assuring that a recovery is not followed by
a depression.
4. Desirable changes in the administration of the Federal Reserve System. In order
to endeavor, with some prospects of success, (a) to render prompt sup-
port for the emergency financing in case of need, (b) to prevent the
recovery from getting out of hand, and (c) to prevent the recurrence of
disastrous depressions in the future, it is, in my opinion, essential
that the authority of the Federal Reserve Board should be strengthened
in the following ways:
1. Complete control over the timing, character and volume of
open market purchases and sales of bills and securities by
the Reserve Banks should be conferred upon the Federal
Reserve Board.
2. The Governors of tite individual Federal Reserve Banks should
be appointed annually by their Boards of Directors, subject
to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
Regraded Unclassified
156
5.
Negemaity for strengthering the authority of the Federal Reserve Board. Although
the Board is nominally the supreme monetary authority in this country it
is generally conceded that in the past it has not played an effective
role, and that the system has generally been dominated by the Governors
of the Federal Reserve Banks. As a consequence, the Board has not com-
manded the respect and prestige to which its position would
shtitl-
of it, nor has membership on the Board been as nighly desired as It should
be to attract the necessary talent. The great disparity in compensation
has also contributed to this condition. This has led to the unfortunate
result that banker interest, ES represented by the individual Reserve Bank
Governors, has prevailed over the public interest, as represented by the
Bonrd. The relatively minor role played by the Board can, in my opinion,
be attributed to its lack of authority to initiate open market policy, and
to the complete independence of the Reserve Bank Covernors.
8.
Over market operations. Far and away the most important instrument of reserve
policy is the power to buy and sell securities in the open market. In
this way reserves, on which deposits are based, may be given to or taken
away from member banks. It is not too much to say that who possesses this
power controls the benking system, and, in large measure, the supply of
money.
In the present administrative organization the power to initiate open mar-
ket policy rests with the Reserve Banks. The Federal Reserve Board possess-
es only the power to approve or disspprove. Thus, the effective power over
money rests with the individual reserve benks and not with the Board. How-
ever such the Board may desire an energetic buying or selling policy it
is powerless to initiste such B policy. On the other hand, the Reserve
Banks' ability to carry out the policy 1s dependent on the Board. It should
be noted that the Bank Act of 1953 effected no real change in this respect.
From 1930 to 1933 the Open Market Policy Committee was composed of the
twelve Federal Reserve Bunk Governors. At present the Federal Open Market
Committee is likewise composed of the twelve Governors and hence La domi-
nated by the same men who were responsible for the policy followed during
the depression. The Governors, by the very nature of their appointments,
duties and associations, cannot help but be profoundly influenced by a
narrow banking rether than a broad social point of view.
There is no reason to suppose that this administrative organization, which
functioned so badly in the past, will function any better in the future.
The diffusion of power and responsibility, the root cause of the trouble,
remains. Over one hundred individuals are responsible, in various degrees,
for the formulation of policy. Obviously the more people there are who
share the responsibility, the less keenly any one of them will feel any
personal responsibility for the policies adopted. It is therefore almost
inevitable that such 2L loosely knit and cumbersome body as the Federal
Reserve Administration should be characterized by inertia and indecisive
action generally. Moreover 4 complete stalem te resulting from a dis-
agreement of the reserve banks and the Board is always possible. To correct
this condition reform must be in the direction of concentrating authority
and responsibility for control into the hands of e small policy formulat-
ing body.
7. Appointment of Governors. As the System has developed the Governors, who are not
even mentioned in the Act, have positions of major importance in influenc-
Regraded Unclassified
157
ing policy. Moreover, they are entirely independent of the Board. If
the power of approval of appointments of the Reserve Bank Governors
were conferred on the Board, the possibility of lack of cooperation
and friction would be obviated in the future, while the prestige of
the Board would be enhanced.
8. Agitation for central banking. The adoption of these suggestions would in-
troduce certain attributes of a real central bank capable of energetic
and positive action without calling for a drastic revision of the whole
Federal Reserve Act. Private ownership and local autonomy are preserved,
but on really important questions of policy authority and responsibility
are concentrated in the Board. Thus, effective control is obtained,
while the intense opposition and criticism that greets every central
bank proposal is largely avoided.
Regraded Unclassified
I gave this plan to A.D.R. as Cabinet an nor 434 trup
November 2, 1934. 158
: The President
: Secretary Morgenthau
I. THE PLAN:
As a primary step looking to better coordination and perhaps
ultimate consolidation of functions of bank examination and super-
vision resting with Federal agencies, it is proposed immediately
to
(1) Merge the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with
the Board of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
by making the Comptroller of the Currency the chief
executive officer of the Corporation. (This can be done
by amendment to the by-laws of the Corporation).
(2) Amalgamate the administrative and examining personnel of
the two agencies by
(a) combining the fifteen district offices of FDIC
with the twelve field offices of the national
bank examining force in the twelve Federal
Reserve cities.
(b) selecting staff for these offices from the com-
bined personnel, after careful analysis and
consultation with the twelve Federal Reserve
agents.
(c) giving FDIC examiners appointments as national
bank examiners and vice versa.
Regraded Unclassified
159
(d) having the Comptroller appoint the FDIC as
receiver for all national banks now in
receivership.
(e) reorganizing the Washington offices to put
them on an efficient, economical and businesslike
basis.
(3) Consolidate the functions of the two units, as com-
pletely as is feasible without Executive Order or
legislation. (Some functions of the Comptroller, such
as issuance of national bank notes, would not concern
the FDIC).
II. ADVANTAGES:
Advantages to be gained by the above are:
(1) Closer cooperation and harmony of policy with
the Federal Reserve System and the R.F.C. through
consolidation of two most important Federal
examining agencies.
(2) A step toward uniform supervision of National
and State banks (yet with preservation of the
dual system).
(3) Uniform examination methods and policies for
the 90 per cent of all commercial banks now
in F.D.I.C. (See attached table).
(4) Unity of administration of bank examinations
as to this 90 per cent in the field, one corps
Unclassifie
160
of examiners in each district replacing two,
making possible more efficient distribution
of work.
(5) Reduction of complaints from bankers about
multiple supervision.
(6) Authority in the F.D.I.C. for enforcing bank
standards which will do much to prevent bank
failures and which will so serve to protect
the corporation from losses to the insurance
fund.
(7) A united front on legislative proposals --
and the good will of Members of Congress who
are committed to developing and strengthening
the F.D.I.C.
(8) Better statistical data on banking.
III. COMMENT:
(1) Attention will be given to perfecting and crystallizing
the merger through legislation or Executive Order.
(2) All banks should in time become members of the Reserve
System and should be examined by the F.D.I.C. The details
of control of the banking system and the examinations are
closely interrelated and should either head up in the
same group or methods of more than ordinary cooperation
be devised.
Regraded Unclassified
161
(3) If the Present Comptroller accepts the position of
Federal Reserve Agent at San Francisco, two new
appointments to the Board of the F.D.I.C. must be
made and these two cannot be of the same political
party. The member who is the Comptroller and
Executive Officer cannot be Chairman of the Board.
Regraded Unclassifi
How are you?
Franka
H. M. Jr:
I'm fine.
162
I just spoke to Collins (?)
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
And they tell me that the political situation is
very confused - that there is much more tension
than there was a few months ago - that it 1s quite
possible that the Cabinet will resign tonight or
tomorrow
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
It is quite uncertain as to what will happen next
although they are inclined to think that it will be
the same old crowd like LaVal (?) of Flanda (?)
in
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
That they don't - they say that everybody has been
warned of danger of something in respect to gold.
H. M. Jr:
Yes.
They don't think there 1s anything immediate
there - they don't look for any absence (?) any
short number of days or even of weeks but give me
a general impression that that move is getting
nearer.
H. M. Jr:
Ah ha. That is devaluation in Belgium or France?
France.
H. M. Jrt
France.
That it's getting nearer.
H.M.Jr:
Yes.
But they don't - I spoke to both my senior and the
other partner over there - they're having a
in the Regional Bank of France, you know
H. M. Jr:
Yes
And they are apparently quite nervous about the
situation in France. They think it's quite
possible there will be some disturbances or
manifestations again.
H. M. Jr:
Yes, I see.
Unclassified
- 2 -
183
But they don't think that there is going to be
any early Cabinet action in devaluation although
I get the impression from the way they don't say
things that they have the feeling that it's getting
nearer.
Nearer. Well --
That's not of much value to you Henry but it's all
I could get.
H. M. Jr:
Thank you very much.
the
O.K.
H. M. Jr:
Goodby
November 2, 1934.
Friday.
Regraded Unclassified
104
Mrs. Klotz:
to w 58 -
Speaker please.
McH
Doran
Y I Code
- - - Dirtols
THE - not
Nov. 7, 1934.
is - 1
Via
avaidable
16 US
DUE is - - no - -
11. M. Ave
Add 25 reads wis 15.
Tax purposts and 9a -
9.
: que city 21%
20120 failing - Ded - -
17 MI
THAT = U.S. chart 1.3 - ne
remetion - - to TW was,
Classic
Woll charte of was
- sex
- when - - - Fax that Address we
I've - the --- of the the AC =hey
do it just line 087436 attention a
$1,000 -
Xahu
1/20 of -
-
PAYS
a
-
1
THE
(*) 2, 1004 No.
164
H. K. Jr:
I got an idea I'd like you to put up to your
Board of Directors.
Yes Sir.
H. M. Jr:
That they offer, in their own name, a reward of
say $10,000 to any agency who can apprehend Dutch
Schultz and let them do it in their own name and
get the publicity.
I'm wondering what became of that gentleman. I
haven't heard his name for six months.
H. M. Jr:
Well, I think personally it would be swell publicity
for them.
I'll do it. I'll put it up to them.
H. M. Jr:
And it would help us.
Tax payments are steadily going up.
H. M. Jr:
I know they are.
We're feeling pretty good about the thing.
H. M. Jr:
Well I think that - I mean - I think the public
reaction would be swell. What do you think, first
flush?
Well that's a - he's a sort of Dillinger that ---
H. M. Jr:
I know but we have no money for that purpose and
I've talked around here and we think that if they
do it just like the Washington Herald offering a
$1,000 reward.
Yes.
H. M. Jr:
And---
Alright, I think there's something - there's a
lot of good stuff in it.
H. M. Jr:
I think its reaction to the institute would be
excellent.
Alright, I'll do it.
H. M. Jr:
When do you think you can let me know? I'll be
back Wednesday.
I'll have you an answer by then.
H. M. Jr:
Thank you - $10,000.
Alright.
November 2, 1934 - Friday.
Regraded
165
November 7th
The Secretary called in Viner, Oliphant, Bell, Coolidge,
Gaston, Eccles and Haas and discussed with them what Mr. Mor-
genthau calls President Roosevelt's five year plan. He started
from the beginning and for two hours to-day the report was
read and discussed. Mr. Haas will brief it for the Secretary.
It is attached herewith.
Regraded Unclassified
65-A
FEDERAL EMERGENCY ADMINISTRATION OF PUBLIC WORKS
CONFIDENTIAL
PROPOSED NATIONAL CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM
1936-1940
4.
ROVIMSTS 19. 1954
FEDERAL EMERGENCY ADMINISTRATION OF PUBLIC WORKS
1. influends
VI- Orade Crossings
PROPOSED NATIONAL CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM
TITL Totaral
Projects
1936 - 1940
IX. Reserved.
NOVEMBER 30, 1934
Regraded Unclassified
Contents
Page
I.
Objectives of the Program
1
II. Non-Federal Projects
9
III. Urban Housing
14
IV. Subsistence Homesteads
20
V. Railroads
27
VI. Grade Crossings
33
VII. Rural Electrification
34
VIII. Federal Projects
36
IX. Research.
40
$4,000,000.00
Regraded Unclassifier
THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PROGRAM
The objective of a National construction program is to re-
store the balance of the economic life of the country. The main
reason why the National economy is so out of balance, and, there-
fore, the main reason why recovery to date has been relatively
small and unsustained is that construction has shown no improve-
ment. There have been two upward movements in business since the
summer of 1933, followed by recession because there was no under-
pinning of an expanding construction volume.
Emphasis is placed on construction because a large part of
our production resources have always been engaged in the construc-
tion industry. During the years 1925 through 1929 the annual
volume of construction was in the range of $11,000,000,000 to
$13,000,000,000. This is an amount that was equal to the annual
gross value of all farm products during the same period and was
30% of the value of all other manufactured products in 1929. Con-
struction declined from these levels to about $3,000,000,000 or
$4,000,000,000 in 1932 and there has since been little recovery.
There can be no general sustained recovery so long as an industry
88 large as this remains depressed.
Furthermore, it is in the field of construction that business
confidence, or the lack of it, is important. It does not require
any confidence in the future for a clothing manufacturer to fill
Regraded Unclassifie
orders. It requires only a little for a retail merchant to in-
crease his stock of goods on hand. Confidence, or the lack of it,
however, is most important in the construction industry. Construc-
tion projects must be financed on long term and capital 18 notori-
ously timid in the face of risk and uncertainty, 80 that rates of
interest become prohibitive under such conditions. But evon if
capital could be secured at reasonable rates, business men are
hesitant to undertako an enterprise that will pay out only over
a long period of years in the face of what, to them, appears to
be incalculative risks.
There has been no revival in privato construction since 1932
and conditions do not seem much more favorable for it now than
they were a year ago, 80 if this large part of American industry
1s to be revived in the near term future, it is evident that the
only way it can be accomplished is by a much enlarged public works
program. The accompanying table sets forth a program that meets
the tests.
1. It is large enough to be effective in restoring the
balance in economic life and 80 in bringing about a
large increase in employment in most lines of industry.
2. It 1s composed of types of projects that can be carried
out expeditiously. It 1e not enough for the whole pro-
gram to be big, unless it can be gotten well underway
in a reasonable period of time. The large amount of
Federal projects, the grade crossing eliminations, and
the railroad loans insure that this one will be.
3. It will break the jam in private construction and
provide the conditions for its improvement. Private
2
Regraded Unclassifier
Federal Projects 1500 non return able
(250 self liquidating
C.C.C.A300.
Proposed Five-Year Construction Program
Fiscal Years
1938
grade crossings 300 mill naised
Rural Electric 100 mil surgery back
1936
1937
1939
1940
Total
Non-
1.000,000000 000000
Federal
$1,500,000,000
$1,500,000,000
$1,500,000,000
$1,500,000,000
$1,500,000,000
$7,500,000,000
Urban
Housing
1,260,000,000
920,000,000
1,100,000,000
900,000,000
695,000,000
4,875,000,000
Subsistence
Homesteads
25,000,000
50,000,000
50,000,000
50,000,000
50,000,000
225,000,000
Railroads
310,000,000
-
-
-
I
310,000,000
Grade
Federal amongable 100.
Crossings
600,000,000
200,000,000
-
-
1
800,000,000
by taxes
Rural Elec-
trification
200,000,000
100,000,000
-
I
1
300,000,000
Federal
850,000,000
450,000,000
250,000,000
250,000,000
250,000,000
2,050,000,000
C.C.C.
300,000,000
300,000,000
300,000,000
300,000,000
300,000,000
1,500,000,000
$5,045,000,000
$3,520,000,000
$3,200,000,000
$3,000,000,000
$2,795,000,000
$17,560,000,000
2, 7 11 seem clearance 600. mil - 3 50% ne courable with interest 3%
no grant and 3% + amortization - /billion
3. garden Housing 100 mil 50-50
4. Rural Housing 600 mil all 11 returnable 11
5. R.R. equipment 250 mil
construction should be increasing substantially
within a two-year period, so that the Federal
program, can and should be contracted as private
construction picks up.
4. The program should strengthen the condition of the
Treasury, by a relatively early reduction in relief
outlays and by increasing its revenues. Relief
outlays will decline as men are re-employed as a
result of reviving business volumes and Treasury
revenues will increase for the same reason.
Summary of Expenditures and Employment
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$5,045,000,000
2,000,000
2,000,000
4,000,000
1937
3,520,000,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
3,000,000
1938
3,200,000,000
1,362,000
1,362,000
2,724,000
1939
3,000,000,000
1,276,000
1,276,000
2,552,000
1940
2,795,000,000
1,189,000
1,189,000
2,378,000
TOTAL $17,560,000,000
Size of the Program
It is necessary for the program to be large, if it is to be
effective. The volume of construction from 1925 through 1929 was
in the range of $11,000,000.000 to $13,000,000,000. With the
price level 25% lower now than then, it is estimated that con-
struction amounting to $7,500,000,000 to $8,000,000,000 a year
4
Regraded Unclassified
would be roughly equivalent in employment both direct and indirect
to the higher dollar volumes of construction that prevailed during
the years mentioned. It is estimated that private construction at
the present time is at the rate of $2,500,000,000 to $3,000,000,000
B. year, 80 that a Government program of around $5,000,000,000 a year
would bring the total construction volume to the figure mentioned
above, as representing an adequate amount of construction to give a
volume of employment equal to that prevailing in the period from
1925 to 1929.
This volume of expenditure would provide direct employment for
about 2,000,000 men per month. The indirect employment in this pro-
duction, transportation and merchandizing of construction materials
would be about equal to the direct employment.
Total employment created, however, does not stop here. The ex-
penditure of $5,000,000,000 a year becomes income to workers on con-
struction sites and in construction material factories, to contractors
and to holders of shares in corporations. The spending of this income
for consumers' goods will provide employment for other laborers who
in turn will have incomes to spend which they did not have before and
so on in decreasing waves of influence. The amount of employment thus
created, which may be referred to as secondary indirect employment, is
variously estimated. The amount depends on the assumptions that are
made as to the proportion of the expenditure that becomes income and
the proportion of the income that is spent and not saved by the
various groups of recipients all the way along the line.
5
Regraded Unclassit
These proportions will depend in part upon the total volume
of construction, including that privately financed, and in part
upon whether this volume is contracting or expanding, and this
involves the question of the continuity of the Government pro-
gram. If the total volume of construction is small, jobs will
not last long and others will not be easy to find, so in the face
of job uncertainty incomes will be conserved so far as possible
and secondary indirect employment will be relatively small. A
program based upon a definite amount of money, and which is to
terminate within a relatively short period of time, tends to have
the same effect on secondary indirect employment.
The present Public Works Administration program has been
relatively ineffective for both these reasons. It has been too
small and will terminate in another year. In many areas it has
already terminated. If private construction had shown more re-
covery, the present public works expenditure would have been more
effective in stimulating employment because then they would have
been a part of a large aggregate amount.
Barring recovery in private construction, total Government
financed construction must be very substantially larger than it
has been and must be continuous if the full indirect effects are
to be felt. The present proposal is entirely adequate to realize
the full indirect effects which have not been realized under the
present public works expenditure.
6
Regraded Unclassified
Under 8 program of this sise it is estimated that total
employment will be from three to five times the direct employ-
ment. In other words, annual average total employment under
these assumptions would be 8,000,000 to 10,000,000 persons a
year as the result of expending this amount of money,
Effect on Private Construction
It is believed that this program will provide the conditions
for & revival in private construction. The following are examples
of what is likely to happen:
1. In the case of railroads, traffic volume will increase
substantially if the program is successful in the first
two years. A pick-up in traffic means an improvement
in revenues 80 that the railroads will spend on their
own account much larger sums of money on maintenance
and repair and new equipment.
2, It will put into operation the financial machinery pro-
vided by the Federal Housing Administration to finance
private building of homes. This agency provides a fi-
nancial set-up for home building that reduces the cost
of financing, but it does not provide a demand for
these facilities. There is not yet an active demand
for new housing but once business revives 80 that the
working population moves back into the industrial
centers to resume their jobs and as families, who are
living together seek separate quarters, there will be
an active demand for housing facilities and then the
low cost of financing such housing provided by the
F.H.A. will be an important factor in the early re-
vival of home building. With a revival in business,
residential building could reach large proportions
within & two-year period.
3. Another example of the way this program could break
the Jam BO that private initiative could carry on, is
found in the way factory construction always responds
to an increase in manufacturing production. As far
?
Regraded Unclassified
back as the records go, they show that factory con-
struction has always increased at least two or more
times as much percentage wise as the increase in fac-
tory out-put. There is no reason to believe that this
time will be different.
4. There is still another way in which the Federal program
as proposed will break the Jam. Most corporations have
continued throughout the depression to charge substan-
tial amounts for depreciation. That these amounts have
not been actually used to replace plant or machinery
and equipment 18 indicated by the low level of out-put
of such products. It is also a matter of general knowl-
edge that factory machinery is in a deplorable state of
repair. A large Federal program such as the one pro-
posed here would also break this jam. Manufacturers
will be willing to replace machinory and other equip-
ment when they see a continuous stream of orders in
prospect.
It is believed, therefore that in these and other ways a
Government construction program of sufficient size and composed
of types of projects that could be gotten under way promptly would
not only restore the balance in our national economy during the
next two years but would break the jam in private construction
in the way indicated by these examples, so that private initia-
tive and private capital would carry on and the Government pro-
gram could be contracted as shown in the table.
8
Regraded Unclassified
II
NON-FEDERAL PROJECTS
It is estimated that non-Federal construction projects under
a five-year program would amount to about $1,500,000,000 a year
under & liberalized financing plan. By non-Federal projects is
meant construction enterprises undertaken by public bodies other
than the Federal Government and include streets and highways,
sewers, water, buildings, bridges and structures, flood control
and power. An exponditure of $1,500,000,000 on such projects
would furnish an estimated employment of 7,500,000 man-monthe or
the equivalent of 625,000 men a month through a year. Indirect
employment would be from three to five times greater, depending
on the total volume of construction, the continuity of the program,
and the effect on private construction. Labor costs would amount
to approximately $556,625,000 (37.1%), materials $619,600,000
(41.3%), and miscellaneous $323,775,000 (21.6%). Both the grant
and the rate of interest should be increased. It will be neces-
sary to increase the grant to get the volume of construction men-
tioned. The rate of interest on the loan should be increased to
get as much private capital into the program as possible.
Annual Volume of Applications
The estimate of $1,500,000,000 is based on the assumption
that the grant will be increased to 40% or 50% of the cost of
the project. State, city, and other local governments spent
on construction of all kinds other than public roads an amount
ranging from $1,500,000,000 to $1,800,000,000 annually during
the period from 1924 to 1929. This gives an indication of the
magnitude of their construction requirements. It is recog-
nized that cities were expanding during that period, that sub-
urban developments were extensive and required streets and
sidewalks, schools, water, and sewers, and that financing was
easy. However, construction costs were high. Today, costs
9
Regraded Unclassified
are considerably lower, and with modifications of codes, costs should
be still lower; but financing is difficult, debts large, and the
economy motive is strong. Sufficiently attractive terms, however,
should overcome the unwillingness of State and local governments to
undertake the construction of projects they need.
Demand for Projects
With & 30% grant and a loan for the balance at 4% interest, re-
payable in 20 to 30 years, the Public Works Administration received
applications for loans and grants in the amount of $4,500,000,000
in seven months. Up to December, 1933, they were filed at an average
rate of over $700,000,000 a month; and even after that date, when it
had been announced that all public works funds had been allotted,
applications continued to come in at the rate of $200,000,000. until
in February, 1934, State offices were instructed to discontinue ac-
cepting them.
Thus, with only a 30% grant and a loan for the balance at 4%
interest, with a new organization, and with the technique of obtain-
ing funds unknown, a huge volume of applications poured into State
Engineer offices in B. relatively short period of time-an amount
that was about three times the annual expenditure of State and local
governments in the prosperous years from 1924 to 1929.
In view of this experience, there appears to be little doubt that
the demand for non-Federal projects will be at least $1,500,000,000
annually under more liberal terms.
10
Regraded Unclassified
Applications Now in Hand
The Public Works Administration has in hand at present approxi-
mately $2,000,000,000 of projects of the types discussed that could
be acted upon without delay. These are applications received after
available funds had been allotted. In addition, there are over
$800,000,000 in applications that have been rejected, a portion of
which could be favorably considered if the more liberal terms con-
templated were applied to them. State Engineer offices are still
functioning in connection with the construction of projects previously
approved and they are in a position to receive new applications as
soon as they are authorized to do so. Therefore, there need be no
delay in setting up the machinery for carrying out the new program.
Terms to Borrowers
It is important that any loans made by the Government to
municipalities should be on terms that will give potential market~
ability to the securities taken by the Government, in order that
the fullest possible participation of private capital may be obtained.
This would have the double beneficial effect of reducing the burden
upon the Government budgot and of stimulating the flow of private
capital.
A rate of interost higher than 4% would substantially increase
the marketability of such securities, and a higher interest rate
could be set without increasing the cost to the borrower by increas-
ing the amount of the grant. The net effect on the Federal budget
11
Regraded Unclassified
would be a substantial reduction in the amount of funds which would
be supplied. It is & simple matter to compute the percentage of
grant which would produce an interest cost equivalent to the interest
cost to the borrower under existing procedure, and any resistance to
a higher rate of interest could be explained by tables showing that
there was actually no increase in the cost of the loan.
Employment
The expenditure of $1,500,000,000 on non-Federal projects will
provide about 7,500,000 man-months of direct employment. If the
money is all spent in one year this is equivalent to saying that on
the average it will provide employment for 625,000 men a month. In-
direct employment will be four or five times the amount of direct.
12
Regraded Unclassified
Estimated Distribution of $1,500,000,000 for Non-Federal Projects
Direct Employment
Estimated
Avg. No.
Expenditures
Type of Project
Allotment
Man-
Men Per
Wages and
Months
Month
Salaries
&
Materials
%
Miscellaneous
%
Sts. & Hwys.
$150,000,000
750,000
62,500
$47,100,000
31.4
$63,300,000
42.2
$39,600,000
26.4
Sewers
200,000,000
1,000,000
83,333
80,000,000
40.0
74,600,000
37.3
45,400,000
22.7
Water
150,000,000
750,000
62,500
55,800,000
37.2
58,500,000
39.0
35,700,000
23.8
Buildings
400,000,000
2,000,000
166,667
168,000,000
42.0
173,600,000
43.4
58,400,000
14.6
Bridges and
Structures
300,000,000
1,500,000
125,000
105,600,000
35.2
132,600,000
44.2
61,800,000
20.6
Flood Control
75,000,000
375,000
31,250
27,600,000
36.8
18,150,000
24.2
29,250,000
39.0
Water Power
50,000,000
250,000
20,833
18,600,000
37.2
19,500,000
39.0
11,900,000
23.8
Other Power
75,000,000
375,000
31,250
23,925,000
31.9
34,350,000
45.8
16,725,000
22.3
Miscellaneous
100,000,000
500,000
41,667
30,000,000
30.0
45,000,000
45.0
25,000,000
25.0
TOTAL
$1,500,000,000
7,500,000
625,000
$556,625,000
37.1
$619,600,000
41.3
$323,775,000
21.6
13
Regraded Unclassified
III
URBAN HOUSING
A five year $4,875,000,000 program to provide about 1,390,000
dwelling units through the operation of direct Federal enterprise,
local public housing authorities, and private organizations financed
by the Federal Government with the objective of (1) eliminating slum
and blighted areas in urban centers; (2) providing decent housing
for a deserving low-income class to which it has heretofore been un-
available; (3) mitigating the hardship which will be imposed upon
poorer families by the impending housing shortage; (4) stimulating
the construction industry by creating the equivalent of five years
continuous employment for 590,000 men (estimated 4,266,800,000 man-
hours); (5) creating a research organization to study materials and
methods for producing low-cost housing; the benefits of such study
to be available on an impartial basis to public and private bodies
alike; and (6) coordinating the program with the work of other
agencies now engaged in fields of rural housing, refinancing of
distressed home owners, or the guarantee of loans for modernization
and now construction, in order that there may be helpful coopera-
tion among the various Government agencies and that the Division's
program will meet & vital need without invading a field in which
private enterprise can and should function.
The Program
The basic housing problem confronting the country is attrib-
utable to a need for slum clearance and low-cost housing which never
has been met and cannot be met except by a new method of providing
housing. The problem is at present aggravated by an impending
severe housing shortage and the absence of incentive sufficient to
induce private profit-secking enterprise to build even in a price
field which is far above that of justifiable Government operation.
Conservative estimates based on computation by the Department
of Labor, the Real Property Inventory of the Department of Commerce,
and the Division of Economic Research of the National Recovery
14
Regraded Unclassified
Administration indicate a need of 4,837,000 dwelling units composed
of 1,362,000 required immediately and an additional 695,000 required
each year for five years.
Evidence of both interest and need is indicated by over 500
limited dividend project applications on file with the Housing Divi-
sion, amounting to over $1,000,000,000, and requests from public and
semi-public sponsoring groups without encouragement from the Housing
Division for over $200,000,000 of direct Fedoral projects in excess
of the $150,000,000 which has boen made available to the Division.
Organization To Handle Program
The Housing Division has a working organization which can be
quickly expanded and decentralized sufficiently to handle the pro-
posed program. Much basic information regarding cities in which
projects are contemplated 1s now available. Well-formulated proj-
ects ready to be inaugurated are also on hand.
Prerequisite to actual realization of the proposed program is
Congressional action to establish the Public Works Emergency Housing
Corporation on a sound and broad base or the creation of another
adequate agency in its place. As supplementary to such action State
legislation should be passed to enable the Corporation to act in its
intended capacity in any State.
Coordination
The program presented by the Housing Division does not attempt
to include the fields of rural housing, refinancing of distressed
15
Regraded Unclassified
home owners, or the guarantee of loans by private enterprise for
the purpose of modernization and new construction. Its efforts
are limited primarily and initially to providing in urban centers
housing for the income group for whom ownership is now oither un-
wise or impossible and who cannot socure housing except by the
operation of non-profit and Government aided projects. The pro-
gram therefore meets a vital need without invading a field in which
privato enterprise can and should be interosted. It will result in
the definition of the fields of Government and private enterprise
and the elimination of the foar of unjust competition.
Financial Policy
Inasmuch as the employment created by the program will reduce
relief expenditures, and since only with considerable Government
aid can satisfactory housing be produced at a rontal commensurate
with the present need, it is recommended that a basic policy of
a sixty-year maximum amortization, low interost, and grant be
adopted for all non-profit projects under public or semi-public
sponsorship. The grant could be considered a distribution of a
minimized rolief cost over a long period of years.
A maximum sixty-year period of amortization is justified by
(1) erection of sound fireproof structures; (2) the periodic re-
placement of mechanical equipment during the period of amortization
provided for in the operating cost; (3) constant responsible manage-
ment to insure adequate repairs; and (4) location and size of proj-
ects which factors minimize the danger of blight by exterior influences.
16
Regraded Unclassified
Form, Scope And Schedule Of Program
The program will include both slum clearance and construction
on vacant land. It will include projects (1) financed and built by
the Housing Division directly; (2) financed by the Housing Division
and built by local public housing authorities; and (3) financed in
part by the Housing Division and built by private organizations.
Under private projects will be included various forms such as limited
dividend corporations, and cooperatives,
Preliminary estimates contemplate construction in some 400 cities
of about 25,000 population or over. As the program is developed it
should be extended to smaller cities. The construction of a total of
1,390,000 at an average cost of $3,500 per unit including land, would
amount to an expenditure of $4,875,000,000. This much housing would
provide for about two thirds of the present shortage of low-cost
housing and in addition would supply about one third of the total
normal need occurring during the five-year period.
Studies of housing shortages in the past definitely show that
effective stimulation of new construction lags so far behind the de-
velopment of a shortage that an adequate supply of dwellings is never
produced in time to forestall exorbitant rents. Furthermore, when
the building industry gets under way it overbuilds to an extent equal
to the shortage. It is therefore proposed that the Housing Division
inaugurate its program during the first stages of the shortage and
diminish its efforts as a normal level is reached.
17
Regraded Unclassified
Direct Federal projects will constitute the bulk of construc-
tion in the initial stages of the program, while projects under local
public authorities and private sponsors are being developed. The ex-
tent to which local enabling legislation is secured will determine
largely the distribution of work between direct Federal projects and
projects by local authorities.
Research
Hand in hand with the Division's construction and supervisory
activities should go the development of a research organization to
develop methods of producing low-cost housing. Its activities should
include plans for construction and observation of various sample types
of dwellings under actual conditions of occupancy, as well as labora-
tory investigation of various building materials and methods. The
results of all investigations and findings should be made available
to public and private agencies alike.
18
Regraded Unclassified
Recommended Schedule of Expenditures
Sponsored and
Sponsored and
Man-Hours
Year and
Direct Federal
Constructed
Constructed
Money
Month
Construction
by Local
by Private
Total
Expended
Employment
Created
Authorities
Bodies
1st Year
March - June
$65,000,000
$25,000,000
$13,000,000
$103,000,000
$125,000,000
** 120,000,000
July - October
195,000,000
79,000,000
39,000,000
313,000,000
383,000,000
335,500,000
Nov. - February
240,000,000
96,000,000
48,000,000
384,000,000
410,000,000
359,100,000
March M June
280,000,000
120,000,000
60,000,000
460,000,000
457,000,000
400,000,000
Total 1st Year
780,000,000
320,000,000
160,000,000
1,260,000,000
1,250,000,000
1,095,000,000
2nd Year
320,000,000
400,000,000
200,000,000
920,000,000
915,000,000
800,000,000
3rd Year
300,000,000
500,000,000
300,000,000
1,100,000,000
1,130,000,000
991,800,000
4th Year
100,000,000
500,000,000
300,000,000
900,000,000
891,000,000
780,000,000
5th Year
355,000,000
340,000,000
695,000,000
689,000,000
600,000,000
Total of
5 Years
1,500,000,000
2,075,000,000
1,300,000,000
4,875,000,000
4,875,000,000
4,266,800,000
First year of 5 year program contains 16 months to conform with Government Fiscal Year ending June 30, 1936.
"These figures not included in totals. During months thus marked employment will be limited mainly to
planning, land acquisition, and demolition. These figures represent employment created by the present
$150,000,000 program and will fill this interim between the present and new program.
Employment Created by a $4,875,000,000 Program
Money Expended
Man-Hours
Building Trades Skilled and Unskilled
$1,556,000,000
1,546,000,000
Supervision, Administration, Engineering
246,000,000
302,800,000
Fabrication of Materials and Equipment
861,000,000
1,629,000,000
Production of Raw Materials
287,000,000
505,000,000
Transportation of Building Materials
164,000,000
284,000,000
Totals
$3,114,000,000
4,266,800,000
19
Regraded Unclassified
IV
SUBSISTENCE HOMESTEADS
An expanded program is recommended providing for sufficient
funds to make the total appropriation for subsistence homestead-
ing $225,000,000 over B five-year period. Such a program will
assist in the decentralization of industry and will combine eco-
nomic soundness with service to a class unable to obtain assist-
ance from private sources. The proposed $225,000,000 will furnish
individual homesteads for about 50,000 families with annual in-
comes ranging from $600 to $1,200 each. The program 1a based on
the demand for subsistence homesteads, on the estimated ability to
make intelligent expenditure of available funds, and on the antici-
pated ability of prospective homesteaders to liquidate loans made
to them. The Division's fifteen months' experience in the field
of organization and the expenditure of funds and in determining
the ability of persons of a low-income class to pay out, all point
to a sum in the neighborhood of $225,000,000 as the maximum which
can be efficiently spent over a five-year period.
Size of Program
The recommendation as to amount has been based on: the de-
mand for subsistence homesteads, the estimated ability to make
expenditure of svailable funds, and the anticipated ability of
efficient homesteaders to liquidate their loans.
Requests for subsistence homesteads calling for some five
billions of dollars have come to the Division of Subsistence Home-
steads during the past fifteen months; approximately ten percent
of these requests appeared worthy of consideration. Inquiries
concerning individual homesteads have totaled more than 500,000.
Actual applications number nearly 25,000.
This popular response indicates & demand for several times
20
Regraded Unclassified
the mimber of homesteads which could be constructed with
$225,000,000. But the necessity of building up an administra-
tive organization; the time required to guarantee that projects
shall be socially and economically sound; and the concern which
must be given to the selection of homesteaders able to pay their
way and ready to work their way. All these factors dictate a
reasonable limitation.
Social Aspects
The field of housing and homesteading may properly be divi-
ded into three categories, according to the population group to
be accommodated:
1. For persons without income, presumably on relief.
2. For persons of the low-income group, that is, with an-
misl incomes of from $600 to $1,200, especially those
part-time or seasonally employed.
3. For persons with anmual incomes of more than $1,200.
The Division of Subsistence Homesteads believes that it can
best capitalize its experience, and can perform the most signifi-
cant public service, by concentrating upon projects for the accom-
modation of the second group.
Families with yearly incomes ranging from $600 to $1,200 can-
not obtain private credit for the purchase of & house and land.
They maintain a precarious balance on the border line of relief.
The majority are now living in sub-standard houses, the cast-offs
21
Regraded Unclassified
of the more fortunate. Estimates place the need for housing by
members of the low-income group in areas contiguous to urban cen-
ters at 75,000 dwellings per year.
Government assistance of some sort is necessary if these
people are ever to enjoy decent homes.
Subsistence homesteading will answer the needs of a large
proportion of the low-income class. At the same time that it pro-
vides such families with decent houses and a higher standard of
living, it offers them a way of livelihood aptly suited to their
circumstances of employment. It not only removes them from the
present danger of going on relief but it erects B. bulwark between
them and the want of some future depression.
Subsistence homesteading, moreover, may be conducted accord-
ing to a plan such as the one herein described, which will both
preserve the independence and self-respect of the homesteader and
conserve the funds of the Federal treasury. So far as its bene-
fits would directly touch the individual, the proposed program
would require homesteaders to repay moneys advanced at a rate of
interest approximating that which the Government must pay for its
funds. Such a program, therefore, would furnish a method of re-
habilitation at a cost lower than by any other similar means.
Nor, in figuring cost to the Government, should the fact be neg-
lected, that placing low-income families on homesteads means pre-
venting their addition to the roll of families on relief.
22
Regraded Unclassified
Types of Projects
The guiding principle in setting up such a program as is
here suggested will be the possession of a small income by the
prospective homesteaders. This means that the program must be
closely tied to industry.
The program, therefore, would concentrate on an industrial
type of project. At least 70% of the expenditures would be planned
for workingmen's garden homes, probably with not more than an acre
or so of ground, in localities adjacent to industrial centers and
industrial areas. The outstanding examples of the decentraliza-
tion of industry for the past thirty years have been in the thirty-
three industrial areas of the United States, within and about cities
having a population of less than one hundred thousand persons.
A development of the industrial garden type of project would
be in the nature of a cooperative project with small individually
held homesteads, but with comminal lands for heavier farming and
dairying, and cooperative enterprises such 88 factories, stores
and similar enterprises.
The program would also include projects for persons with
small fixed incomes. Many persons over-age for industrial employ~
ment draw from pensions, savings, or annuities an income insuffi-
cient to keep them off the relief rolls while they live in a North-
ern city, but large enough to maintain them in comparative comfort
could they be supplied with a homestead in the South. Homesteads
23
Regraded Unclassifie
for such persons would be in keoping with the movement for old
age pensions. It 18 thought, morsover, that Northern States,
in the interest of economy, might cooperate in transferring
some of their indigent citizens to Southern homesteads where
public funds necessary for their support would be smaller than
at home. World War veterans drawing Federal benefits would
fall into this class of prospective homesteaders. It should
be emphasized that the movement of such persons from one re-
gion to another would, of course, be entirely voluntary on
their part.
The program would continue to deal with the problem of
industrially stranded groups, but the establishment of proj-
ects for this class of persons would necessarily awake the
expansion of industry. It would be contemplated, however, to
have as an important section of the program a continued activity
to encourage the cooperation of industry, and particularly its
decentralization. As fast as industry indicated its willing-
ness to cooperate and its ability to expand, projects for
stranded groups and for persons now on relief would be es-
tablished.
Similarly dependent upon the ability of industry to pro-
vide employment would be projects for the industrially handi-
capped and to accommodate the large number of persons who
have been dammed up on the farms during the depression.
24
Regraded Unclassified
Financial Aspects
In the expenditure of the suggested appropriation, we believe
that a distinction properly may be made between funds spent for the
benefit of individuals and those spent primarily for the benefit
of the public.
We divide, therefore, the proposed expenditures into a 90%
on which a return of principal plus interest would be made, and a
10% which would be wholly expendable.
The latter portion would be intended to cover Washington over-
head, and those overhead costs in the field which would not occur
in a similar enterprise, undertaken privately. Such field expendi-
tures would cover supervisory health and educational services, and
experimentation and research, the results of which would be calcu-
lated to benefit not only the immediate program but would create
& basis for the future development of the subsistence homesteads
movement. The figure of 10% for such services is based upon the
experience of the Division.
The remaining 90% of the fund would be divided into four cate-
gories: capital charges; taxable items, that is, for materials and
services commonly paid for through taxation; self-liquidating items,
such as cooperative farms and stores; and a contingent account to
cover insurance, Vacancies, and repossessions.
Capital charges would be amortized over thirty to thirty-five
years at 3% interest, and charged directly to the homesteader, either
25
Regraded Unclassifie
as purchase payments or as rent. In the case of taxable items, the
homesteader would pay to the agency furnishing the services, whether
Federal, State, or local, a cash sum in lieu of and equivalent to the
taxes paid by other persons in the community. While Federal prop-
erty is exempt from State and local taxation, it is considered both
wise and fair that homesteaders should pay the equivalent of taxes.
To do otherwise would set homesteaders apart as a privileged class,
while taking property out of taxation and at the same time bringing
new persons into a community, would increase the tax load on others
in the community and would soon result in such popular resentment
as to embarrass the entire subsistence homesteads movement. Self-
liquidating items would be charged to the enterprise created by the
loan, on terms calling for an amortization period of not more than
thirty years, at an interest of not less than 3%. The contingent
account would be charged to the homesteaders on the same terms as
capital charges.
Employment Provided
The program would provide an estimated 262,163,189 man-hours
of labor - 136,904,351 man-hours of direct and 125,258,838 man-
hours of indirect.
Out of the total man-hours of direct labor, 57,496,226 man-hours
would fall to workers in the unskilled group. This labor might well
be provided by persons now on relief. Necessary skilled labor would
come in large part from union ranks and would thereby give to the
labor organizations their share of the Federal funds expended.
26
Regraded Unclassifie
V
RAILROADS
Loans to railroads in 1934 by the Public Works Administration
aggregated $193,531,500. It is estimated that in 1935 under liberal-
ized terms $310,000,000 in loans would be taken by the railroads for
maintenance and equipment. Terms suggested are (1) no interest for
the first three years; (2) entire loan to be repaid in 15 years, pay-
ment of principal to begin in the third year; and (3) security to be
in the form of junior bonds or receiver's certificates. It is not
expected that loans would be necessary after the first year, if the
enlarged Public Works Program should increase industrial production
to the levels of predepression years. Under these conditions rail-
roads would be able to finance current and deferred maintenance out
of earnings, and the purchase of new equipment could be privately
financed,
Railroad Loans in 1934
Loans to railroads which were authorized in 1934 as a part of
the Public Works Program have aggregated $193,531,500. There will
have been paid to the railroads to December 1, 1934, on account of
these loans $133,167,000, and it is estimated that a total of
$145,000,000, or 75 percent of the loans authorized will have been
paid by the end of the current year. These loans were authorized
to aid in financing the following projects:
Pennsylvania electrification
$45,000,000
Other repairs and improvements:
Roadway
$32,076,000
Equipment
27,386,000
59,462,000
New and reconstructed equipment
89,069,500
Total loans authorized
$193,531,500
The estimated man-hours of direct labor amounted to 92,102,000.
27
Regraded Unclassifie
Estimated Loans for 1935
It is estimated loans to railroads could be made in 1935, if
the terma of the maintenance loans are liberalised as hereinafter
suggested, in a total of $310,000,000, for maintenance $260,000,000
and equipment $50,000,000.
Deferred Maintenance Loans
In order to increase employment quickly, which is the purpose
of these loans, the maintenance work financed by Public Works Ad-
ministration loans should represent deferred maintenance which the
railroad in question wishes to malce up in addition to the minimum
current maintenance required in the operation of the railroad under
present traffic conditions.
If these loans were used to finance current maintenance they
might prevent receivership or further unemmloyment, but they would
not cause a substantial increase in employment.
The amount of deferred maintenance that could be financed would
depend upon the terms of the loans. The outside amount is probably
represented by the excess of 1931 expenditures over 1933 expendi-
tures; namely, $362,180,000, as shown by the following table:
Class I Railroads
Excess 1931
1931
1933
Over 1933
Total Revenues
$4,188,343,244
$3,095,403,904
$1,092,939,340
Repairs to Roadway
and Structures
453,960,000
271,642,000
182,318,000
Repairs to Equipment
549,613,000
369,751,000
179,862,000
Total Repairs
$1,003,573,000
$641,393,000
$362,180,000
28
Regraded Unclassified
The expenditures in 1933 indicate the minimum expenditures for
maintenance that may be expected of the railroads in 1935 under
present traffic conditions and without financial aid; while the
expenditures in 1931 indicate the maximum expenditures that could
be expected under the same traffic conditions with Federal finan-
cial aid extended on liberal terms. The difference, $362,180,000,
represents the total amount of deferred maintenance which might be
financed by Federal aid in 1935. If earnings returned to 1931 levels
the railroads might be expected to spend what they did in 1931 with-
out resort to Federal aid.
To encourage the roads to come in for these deferred maintenance
loans under present traffic conditions, however, very liberal terms
as to security must be allowed. Otherwise, most of the railroads
would prefer to go along for another year making minimum maintenance
expenditures out of current earnings and catch up on their deferred
maintenance if and when they can pay for it out of unearned current
earnings.
Estimated Deferred Maintenance Loans for 1935
From a study of the repair accounts in 1931 and 1933, an analysis
of rail and tie renewals in recent years, and the present bad-order
equipment situation, it is apparent that the total loans to make up
deferred maintenance in 1935 would not exceed $260,000,000, as follows:
29
Regraded Unclassifie
Roadway Repairs
850,000 tons of rail, including
fastenings and labor
application
$60,000,000
40,000,000 cross-ties, including
treatment and labor
application
70,000,000
Other roadway repairs and
construction
20,000,000
Total Roadway Repairs
$150,000,000
Equipment Repairs
Locomotives
$50,000,000
Freight Cars
40,000,000
Passenger Train Cars (including
air-conditioning)
20,000,000
Total Equipment Repairs
$110,000,000
Total Deferred Maintenance Loans
$260,000,000
Equipment Loans for 1935
These loans can usually be reasonably secured on the equipment
itself. In estimating the possible loans to the railroads for equip-
ment for 1935 and subsequent years, therefore, the question is not
one of security for the loans but of the demand for such equipment.
While much of the railroad equipment now in service is obsolete and
should be replaced, several recent developments will make the rail-
roads reluctant to commit themselves to extensive purchase of standard
equipment at this time.
These developments are: (1) The use of the Diesel locomotive
for road service as well as switching service; (2) The prospective
pooling of box cars; and (3) Recent successful tests of fast Diesel-
30
Regraded Unclassifie
powered streamline passenger trains with light passenger car
squipment.
In view of these uncertainties the construction of new equip-
ment in 1935 that could be financed by Federal loans will not ex-
ceed $50,000,000, and this amount would not be substantially in-
creased by more liberal terms.
An estimate of the kind of equipment that might be purchased
or constructed by the railroads is given below:
Number of Units
New Equipment
Total Cost
100
Locomotives
$10,000,000
10,000
Freight Cars
25,000,000
500
Passenger Cars
15,000,000
Total New Equipment
$50,000,000
It is estimated that the Public Works Program under considera-
tion should increase industrial production to the levels of pre-
depression years. If this occurs, railroad revenues should approxi-
mate the levels shown on the chart. Under these conditions the
railroads will be able to finance current and deferred maintenance
out of earnings and will not have to borrow from the Government for
this purpose. Furthermore, their credit will be improved to such
an extent that purchase of new equipment can be privately financed.
Consequently, it is estimated that no loans will be made to the rail-
roads for maintenance or new equipment during the last four years of
the five-year Public Works Program.
31
Regraded Unclassifie
Security
The following terms are suggested with the realization that
in the event of a receivership the position of the Government would
only be ahead of the preferred stock:
Interest
- Free for first three years of loan.
Repayment of Principal - To begin in third year of loan;
entire loan to be repaid in
15 years.
Security
- Junior bonds or Receiver's Certificates.
32
Regraded Unclassifi
VI
GRADE CROSSINGS
The consensus of opinion is that railroad grade-crossing elimina-
tion is a highly useful undertaking which might well be included in a
large scale Public Works program. Undoubtedly this proposed work is
socially one of the most useful undertakings which could be launched
under Federal auspices. It would contribute greatly toward public
safety, and effect substantial long range economies both direct and in-
direct. Lighter, faster and more frequent passenger and freight-trains
are definitely predicted, and with their advent, the grade-crossing
menace will become increasingly serious.
The problem is largely one of finance, and the size of the program
will depend upon the ability to finance. While in the past it has been
customary for the railroads to pay part of the cost of this work, to
accomplish & comprehensive program at this time would be impossible,
unless a grant of 100% of the cost of such work be made - the railroads
to furnish the necessary rights of way free of cost, and also the cost
of engineering supervision.
It is recommended that elimination of railroad grade-crossings
be included in this program, and a sum of $800,000,000 allocated for
this purpose,
33
Regraded Unclassit
VII
RURAL ELECTRIFICATION
Only a small percentage of the farms of the United States
are equipped with electricity. The several rural electrification
surveys that have been made in different sections of the United
States indicate that there is an average of four potential cus-
tomers to the mile. It is estimated that there are at least
1,200,000 farms that would become consumers as soon as service
is available. To provide this service would require an expendi-
ture of about $300,000,000.
It is proposed that distribution lines be built. In some in-
stances it may be necessary to build Diesel or water-power plants,
rather than extend existing transmission systems. Such facilities
could be built through the agency of a board of county commissioners,
farmer cooperatives, public service corporations or by existing power
companies. The cost of such construction should be amortized over a
period of twenty or twenty-five years at a low rate of interest.
Such projects should be self-liquidating.
Boards of county commissioners or other agencies organized as
public utility corporations could borrow funds for the purpose of
constructing the facilities and issue bonds against them - the cost
in the end to be paid by the consumer through a monthly charge over
a period of years. Operating and administrative expenses also should
be paid on a monthly basis by the consumers. Another plan will pro-
vide for loans to power companies. Some form of regulation would
be required to insure the rural consumer a reasonable rate.
34
Regraded Unclassif
An appropriation for the construction of distribution lines
and isolated plants should be accompanied by a provision for assist-
ing rural consumers in securing the necessary service lines, fix-
tures and appliances. Lighting only, is not a satisfactory objec-
tive for rural electrification. Installation and use of adequate
appliances are needed. The cost of these items usually exceeds
the charge to the user for the distribution line.
An allocation of $200,000,000 for the first year, and $100,000,000
for the second year is recommended for a program of rural electrifi-
cation.
35
Regraded Unclassif
VIII
FEDERAL PROJECTS
In order to provide a comprehensive construction program of a
large volume it will be necessary to contime the construction of
Federal projects during the fiscal year 1936 on an expanded scale.
If an expenditure in excess of normal is made during that period,
succeeding years should show a reduction of the Federal program to
a level substantially below normal. Pending before this Adminis-
tration are requests from the various construction agencies of the
Government totaling approximately $1,833,000,000. An analysis of
these requests indicates that a program of $850,000,000 for the
first year is economically sound. For the second year $450,000,000
is recommended and for the three remaining years of a 5-year program
$250,000,000 each year.
Present Program
The operation of the Public Works Administration has made pos-
sible for the first time in the history of the United States a coor-
dinated Federal Public Works Program. From the creation of this Ad-
ministration in June, 1933, until the present time, slightly more than
$1,550,000,000 has been allocated for Federal projects from Public
Works funds. The projects included in this program were selected
after the establishment of definite requirements and & careful
analysis to determine their eligibility, Among the factors given
consideration in the selection of each individual project in the
preparation of the program were the following: - Whether the proj-
ect was under construction or under contract and had to be completed
if financial loss to the Government was to be avoided; whether
necessary for the protection of life; for the protection of Federal
property: to maintain the physical property of the Government; for
36
Regraded Unclassif
for which appropriations previously have been made by the Congress
and which has been accomplished by prior Public Works allotments.
A breakdown by types of work under this program may be Fun-
marized as follows:
Highway construction
$448,000,000
Utilities
19,500,000
Buildings
100,000,000
Reclamation
75,000,000
Rivers and Harbors
)
Flood Control
)
Water Navigation Aids)
150,000,000
Vessels
26,500,000
Agricultural Aids
9,000,000
Aviation
5,000,000
Miscellaneous
17,000,000
$850,000,000
Based on Public Works Administration experience Federal con-
struction gives almost complete geographical distribution of the
work. In the Federal program financed by the 1934 and 1935 appro-
priations, work has been completed or is under construction in all
but 36 of the 3,072 counties in the United States. The Public Works
Administration, as well as the Federal construction agencies, have
expanded their forces and perfected their organizations to such an
extent that now it would be possible to continue the expanded Public
Works program with greater facility and dispatch than has been pos-
sible during the formative period of the past eighteen months. A
large majority of the projects contemplated under this program could
be placed under construction within ninety days after the money
becomes available and completed within one year.
38
Employment
It is estimated that such a program would create 4,500,000 man-
months of direct employment plus a like amount of indirect employment.
The estimated average number of men to be employed at the site of the
work 1s 340,000, plus an equal number indirectly employed, or a total
of 680,000 men.
Succeeding Years
During the remaining four years of a 5-year program it is recom-
mended that $450,000,000 per year be included for the second year,
and $250,000,000 per year for the remaining years.
Further Expansion of the Program
This program can be further expanded by adding aircraft for
Army and Navy, Army motorization and mechanization, ordnance and
similar projects.
39
IX
RESEARCH
Scientific research has not been related to the emergency pro-
grame 80 far sponsored by the Administration and difficulty has been
encountered in attempting to provide employment for this class of
workers. On the other hand, the Government's research program has
been greatly curtailed in the last two years and 8. continuance of
this policy will result in creating a gap that may never be closed.
Particularly is this true with regard to research involving con-
tinuity of effort. Industry also has relaxed its endeavors along
research lines. Any long term economic planning should include
scientific research as & necessary feature. The many technical
problems involved in a largo and continuing construction program
makes it imperative that studies be undertaken looking toward im-
provement in design and construction as well as to furnish the
basic data essential to many of the projects. Technical progress
will certainly lag unless the Federal Government coordinates it
with the purely objective type of work provided in the proposed
construction program. We are now eating up our capital of scien-
tific knowledge developed through research and continuous use of
research staffs in objective application prevents the accumula-
tion of new principles. The rapid depletion of our natural re-
sources also brings us closer each year to the need for this type
40
of work. To secure permanent value from research as a stimulus to
industry it should be extended beyond the routine type of work in-
volved in surveys and testing of materials. Russia, Great Britain,
Italy, and Japan have mobilized research facilities in an effort to
rehabilitate the economic position of these nations.
The Science Advisory Board has been asked to prepare a re-
search program in the field of construction. When this is received,
a more definite recommendation can be made as to the character of
the program as well as a definite recommendation as to the amount
of money required to carry it through.
41
21
185
Report on National Construction Program 1936-40
I. Preface:
1. In the preparation of the proposed program a canvass was
made of all feasible avenues of Federal expenditures along con-
struction lines on a repayable basis which would furnish the
maximum of employment and economic stimulation.
2. Where the program affects private initiative, the purpose
has been to have the government proceed only so far as necessary
to aid business recovery.
3. It is believed that the program is sound economically if
emphasis is placed upon its continuing character for at least a
5-year period.
II. Economic basis for program:
1. A government construction program involving the expenditure
of 5 billion dollars per year would provide a volume of employment
equal to that prevailing in the period 1925-29.
Basis of calculation: from 1925 to 1929 total dollar volume
of annual construction ranged between 11 billion and 13
billion dollars. The price level now is 25 per cent lower
than during that period. Therefore, 1t is estimated that
construction amounting to 7½ to 8 billion dollars a year
would be equivalent in employment, both direct and indirect,
and in real income to the higher dollar volumes of con-
struction in the 1925-29 period. Private construction at
the present time is at the rate of 21 to 3 billion dollars
per year so that the addition of a government program of
5 billion dollars per year would bring the total con-
struction volume up to the required figure of 72 to 8
billion dollars.
Regraded Unclassifie
167
2. Assumes that the government program would be so carried
out that it would not further undermine the privately financed
construction; also assumes that over a 5-year period private con-
struction would greatly increase as a result of improving business
under the stimulus of large government expenditures.
3. The decision may be made at a later stage as to the need
for maintaining a 5 billion dollar year expenditure over the whole
5-year period.
4. A 5-billion dollar annual expenditure would provide direct
employment for about 2 million men per month, and indirect employment
of 2 million per month - in production, transportation, and merchandis-
ing of construction materials, making a total of 4 million.
To this figure of 4 million per month must also be added
so-called secondary indirect employment which is variously estimated.
The amount depends on the assumptions that are made as to the pro-
portion of the expenditure that becomes income, and the proportion
of the income that is spent and not saved by the various groups of
recipients all along the line. The proportion which is spent will
depend in part upon the total volume of construction including that
privately financed and in part upon whether the total volume of
construction is rising or falling.
The present Public Works Administration programs have been
relatively ineffective for two reasons: (a) the amount was too small,
and (b) the duration of expenditure was too short.
168
III. Statistical summary:
The program provides for a total expenditure of
$21,145,000,000 over a period of 5 years. The following
statistical summary shows a breakdown of this total by types
of projects and also indicates the employment that may be
expected from the operation of the program for each of the
5 years through 1940.
Proposed 5-Year Construction Program
by Types of Projects in Millions of Dollars
189
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
Total
Non-Federal
projects
2,000
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,000
7,500
Urban Housing
1,000
1,500
1,500
1,000
1,000
6,000
Rural Housing
300
500
500
400
300
2,000
Grade Crossing
300
300
300
200
100
1,200
Express Highway
300
300
300
300
1,200
Railroads
310
60
60
60
60
550
Rural
Electrification
200
100
-
-
-
300
Federal Self-
liquidating
240
120
115
85
85
645
Federal Projects
550
550
550
550
550
2,750
Totals
4,900
4,930
4,825
4,095
3,395
21,145
Summary of Expenditures and Employment
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$4,900,000,000
2,084,000
2,084,000
4,168,000
1937
4,930,000,000
2,054,000
2,054,000
4,108,000
1938
4,825,000,000
2,010,000
2,010,000
4,020,000
1939
4,095,000,000
1,707,000
1,707,000
3,414,000
1940
3,395,000,000
1,415,000
1,415,000
2,830,000
Total
$21,145,000,000
Regraded
Unclassifie
Non-Federal Projects
170
1. Statistical summary:
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Year
Expenditures
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$2,000,000,000
833,000
833,000
1,666,000
1937
1,500,000,000
625,000
625,000
1,250,000
1938
1,500,000,000
625,000
625,000
1,250,000
1939
1,500,000,000
625,000
625,000
1,250,000
1940
1,000,000,000
417,000
417,000
834,000
Total
$7,500,000,000
2. Description: Construction enterprises by states, cities,
and other local government for streets, sewers, water, buildings,
bridges, flood control, and power.
3. Need: The present demand is indicated by the 41 billion
dollars of applications received by the Public Works Administration
in the seven months immediately following its establishment, when the
terms were only a 30 per cent grant with interest at 4 per cent on the
balance. This was three times the annual expenditures in the
prosperous years; also there are $2,800,000,000 in applications, a
large part of which could be favorably considered if more liberal
terms were applied.
States, cities, and other local government spent approximately
71 billion dollars from 1925 to 1929.
Under a liberalized financing plan of no interest or a 50
per cent grant, it is estimated that during the 5-year period, the
7½ billion dollars would be expended.
171
4. Time required to start program: There would be no delay
in starting the program as applications could be received and handled
promptly by existing state engineer offices.
5. Repayment: This is assured by the obligation of the public
body obtaining the loan. (Reference is to repayment of 50% of the
total amount expended.)
Urban Housing
1. Statistical summary:
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Year
Expenditures
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$1,000,000,000
417,000
417,000
834,000
1937
1,500,000,000
625,000
625,000
1,250,000
1938
1,500,000,000
625,000
625,000
1,250,000
1939
1,000,000,000
417,000
417,000
834,000
1940
1,000,000,000
417,000
417,000
834,000
Total
$6,000,000,000
2. Description: Adequate housing for the low income families,
clearing and rebuilding slum areas, etc.
3. Need: The need for this type of housing for the next 5 years:
(a) Housing Division of Public Works Administration: It is
estimated there is need for 4,837,000 dwelling units of the low cost
and slum clearance types; 1,362,000 required immediately, and an
additional 695,000 for each of the 5 years.
(b) Need is also reflected by the more than 500 limited
dividend applications on file in the Housing Division, amounting to
approximately 1 billion dollars, and requests from sponsoring groups
Regraded Unclassifie
172
and authorities for over 2 million dollars of direct Federal housing
projects in excess of the million dollars previously made available
to the Division.
(c) The proposed program of a 6-billion dollar expenditure in
5 years is made up as follows: (1) $4,875,000,000 to be expended in
cities with a population of 25,000 or over, which would supply
1,390,000 units at an average cost per unit of $3,500 inclusive of
land; this figure is 28 per cent of the total estimated need of
4,837,000 units; it provides for taking care of two-thirds of
immediate housing requirements, and one-third of the normal de-
mand of the next 5 years. (2) For cities under 25,000 an additional
1÷ billion dollars is provided, making a total of 6 billion dollars.
4. Repayment: A 60-year amortization period without interest
is proposed, as the employment created by the proposed housing pro-
gram is expected to diminish relief expenditures, and since only
with considerable government aid can satisfactory housing be pro-
duced at a rental commensurate with the present need. Private
enterprise cannot produce adequate housing for the low income
families, nor can it clear and rebuild slum areas without replacing
low income tenants with a low moderate income group which on a large
scale operation would disrupt the whole population of a city.
Rural Housing
173
1. Statistical Summary:
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
1937
500,000,000
208,000
208,000
416,000
1938
500,000,000
208,000
208,000
416,000
1939
400,000,000
167,000
167,000
334,000
1940
300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
Total
$2,000,000,000
2. Description: Rural Housing includes industrial workers'
garden homesteads, projects for stranded populations, projects for
Negro problem areas, projects to be wholly cooperatively owned,
projects to be located in Southern States for aged and superannuated
people, projects for industrially handicapped workers, particularly
those handicapped through industrial injury, and projects for the
resettlement of relief families.
3. Need: Estimates as to the possibilities of expenditure
in the rural housing field reach a maximum of 2 billion dollars to be
expended during a 2-year period, but on the basis of practicability
the program here recommended carries a total of 2 billion dollars
over a 5-year period. On the basis of not to exceed $3,000 per
unit, which would include land and community facilities, this
expenditure would provide homesteads for approximately 800,000
families. From the number of applications received, and other
studies, there is no question but that the demand would justify a
program of this magnitude.
174
4. Time required to start program: The initial portion would
comprise projects calling for an expenditure of about 800 million
dollars. Immediate development of numerous projects is possible
as the result of preliminary work already completed. By June 30, 1936
it would be planned to have approximately one-half of the projects
in the initial group completed.
5. Repayment: Straight amortization basis over a 30-year
period without interest.
Grade Crossings
1. Statistical summary:
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
1937
300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
1938
300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
1939
200,000,000
84,000
84,000
168,000
1940
100,000,000
42,000
42,000
84,000
Total
$1,200,000,000
2. Description: This program contemplates the elimination of
grade crossings on heavy duty highways and in rural areas and upon
highways in general in the neighborhood of cities.
3. Need: It is estimated that at an average cost of $100,000
for each grade crossing a total of 12,000 grade crossings could be
eliminated. The program could be carried through a 5-year period
at the rate of 300 million dollars per year.
Regraded Unclassifie
175
4. Time required to start program: Program could be
inaugurated at once and carried through a five year period.
5. Repayment: The total cost of 1,200 million dollars would
be paid in 20 years by a tax of 1/2# per gallon on gasoline.
Express Highways
1. Statistical summary:
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$
0
1937
300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
1938
300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
1939
300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
1940
300,000,000
125,000
125,000
250,000
Total
$1,200,000,000
2. Description: This project includes the work projected for
high speed heavy duty highway travel, involving: (a) Sections of
highways crossing urban density and difficult terrain. These
structures, generally of bridge type, are a part of complete high
speed highways. (b) Heavy traffic high speed roads with elimination
of principal highway and rail intersections, wide turns and low
percentage gradients and generally connecting with the facilities
provided in (a). (c) Secondary highways of the improved type carry-
1ng heavy traffic not a part of the general state trunk systems
covered in (a) and (b).
Unclassifie
176
Since by present highway funds appropriated for issue
January 1, 1935 and utilized during that year, the application of
this new program is not contemplated until the beginning of 1936,
at which time again Federal funds will become available in addition,
in some amount, to this program.
3. Need: The program contemplates the construction of new
highways and of the widening and improvement of existing highways.
The bridge type highway construction will probably cost $2,300,000
per mile; $800,000 of which would go for right-of-way and produce no
work. New heavy duty highway construction will probably cost
$125,000 per mile, $25,000 of which would go for right-of-way and
produce no work. Secondary type of highway construction will
probably cost $10,000 per mile with no cost for right-of-way, -
this latter work would be done largely over existing right-of-way.
4. Repayment: Tolls or other local systems of revenue cannot
be depended upon for any large return in this program, Revenue will
be produced with a gas tax of 11 per gallon beginning in 1935 and
continuing for 20 years at that rate, estimated at 60 million
dollars per year, or a total of 1,200 million dollars.
Regraded
Unclassifie
177
Railroads
1. Statistical summary:
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men employed through year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$310,000,000
129,000
129,000
258,000
1937
60,000,000
30,000
30,000
60,000
1938
60,000,000
30,000
30,000
60,000
1939
60,000,000
30,000
30,000
60,000
1940
60,000,000
30,000
30,000
60,000
Total
$550,000,000
2. Description: This program contemplates the expenditure of
$550,000,000 for railroad repair and maintenance, and includes an
expenditure of 60 million dollars per year for 5 years for rails,
including fastenings and labor, and an expenditure of 250 million
dollars for the first year for roadway maintenance and new equipment.
3. Need: 22 per cent of locomotives and 15.3 per cent of
freight cars of Class 1 roads reported in bad order September 1, 1934,
etc.
4. Repayment: The terms of this system of loans would be
on the basis of no charge for interest nor payment of principal for
the first three years, amortization to begin with the fourth year
and to be completed in 15 years. Security for the loan would be
in the form of junior bonds or receivers' certificates.
Unclassifie
178
Rural Electrification
1. Statistical summary:
Year
Expenditures Average Employment Per Month Throughout Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
First year
$200,000,000
84,000
84,000
168,000
Second year
100,000,000
42,000
42,000
84,000
Total
$300,000.000
The total employment by the expenditure of the 300 million dollars would
involve 4,125,000 man months, of which 2,750,000 would be direct labor
and 1,375,000 indirect labor.
2. Description: Construction & 300,000 miles of electric service
lines in rural areas.
3. Need: There are at present in the United States 6,288,648
farms, of which 13.4 per cent are equipped with electricity, leaving a
possible field for total rural electrification of approximately
5,447,338 farms. Of this number the present program is based on surveys
which indicate that at least 1,200,000 farms are immediate potential
users of electricity. These farms are 30 located that at the rate
of four customers per mile 300,000 miles of service lines would be
required. Such lines would cost not to exceed $1,000 per mile, or a
total of 300 million dollars.
4. Time required to start program: This work could be begun
immediately upon inauguration of the program.
5. Repayment: The service lines could be built through the
agency of boards of county commissioners, public service corporations,
farmers' cooperatives, or by existing power companies. If no interest
is charged, it has been estimated that a charge of $1.05 per customer
per month for twenty years would repay the entire cost of installation.
Regraded Unclassifie
179
Federal Public Works Program
Two proposals are offered (A) Self-liquidating Projects, and
( B) Program of Essential Federal Public Works.
(a) Self-liquidating projects:
1. Statistical Summary:
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$240,000,000
100,000
100,000
200,000
1937
120,000,000
50,000
50,000
100,000
1938
115,000,000
48,000
48,000
96,000
1939
85,000,000
35,000
35,000
70,000
1940
85,000,000
35,000
35,000
70,000
Total
$645,000,000
2. Description:
Highway construction
$12,800,000
Utilities
125,000
Buildings
69,600,000
Reclamation
139,375,000
Agricultural aids
10,500,000
Miscellaneous
7,600,000
Total
$240,000,000
After first year expenditures are for Reclamation projects.
3. Need: Careful study has been made of the requests of each
construction agency of Federal government with the view of developing
a program of public works of a self-liquidating nature.
4. Time required to start program: If funds are made available
by March, 1935, the 240 million dollars will be expended by the end
of the calendar year, 1936, leaving only the Reclamation projects
to be completed.
Regraded Unclassifie
180
Repayment: Included in this program would be reclamation
projects, repayable under the reclamation laws; quarters for
military personnel now drawing commutation for quarters; and the
elimination of obsolete buildings, the maintenance costs of which
now exceed amortization charges for new buildings. An expenditure
for modern tools and equipment at Navy Yards is considered self-
liquidating since government-owned yards would be enabled to produce
vessels at a lower cost. This would furnish to the Federal govern-
ment a better yardstick by which bid prices for similar work in
private yards can be measured.
Other works included as self-liquidating are certain
improvements in the national forests such as fire breaks, lookout
houses, towers, observatories and telephone systems. These are
self-liquidating in that they would make possible better control
of forest fires which in the past have caused losses in the
national forest alone, in a single season, as high as $26,000,000.
The sale value of the timber which will be saved from destruction
by forest fires is calculated to be greater than the estimated
expenditure for such preventative methods.
Regraded Unclassifie
(B) Essential Federal Public Works
181
1. Statistical summary:
Year
Expenditures
Average No. Men Employed Through Year
Direct
Indirect
Total
1936
$550,000,000
229,000
229,000
458,000
1937
550,000,000
229,000
229,000
458,000
1938
550,000,000
229,000
229,000
458,000
1939
550,000,000
229,000
229,000
458,000
1940
550,000,000
229,000
229,000
458,000
Total
$2,750,000,000
2. Description: A careful study of the requests made to the
Public Works Administration by the Federal agencies indicates that a
program of essential Federal projects can be undertaken in the amount
of $1,000,000,000 for the fiscal year 1936, or so much thereof as may
be determined upon in connection with any enlarged program. The type
of work which is proposed for inclusion in the program is that for
which appropriations have previously been made by Congress and which
have been accomplished by prior public works allotments. The approval
of such an expended program would make unnecessary the allocation by
the Bureau of the Budget of more than $250,000,000 now requested, for
the fiscal year 1936 for public works. A breakdown of types under this
program is as follows:
Highway construction
$448,000,000
Utilities
19,500,000
Buildings
158,350,000
Reclamation
184,215,000
Water navigation aids
214,100,000
Vessels
26,500,000
Agricultural aids
9,030,000
Aviation aids
5,250,000
Miscellaneous
17,555,000
Total
$1,077,500,000
Regraded Unclassifie
182
3. Need:
Included in the proposed Public Works Administration
program are projects which can be justified from an economical
standpoint.
4. Repayment: (Presumably are direct Federal expense.)
There is included in this program 250 million dollars per year,
which is equivalent to the government's regular expenditure for
construction over a term of years, and 300 million dollars annually
for CCC camps, making a total of 550 million dollars per year.
Program of National Resources Board
1. Statistical summary:
National
Coast and
Year
Expenditures
Resources
Geodetic
Geological
Total
Board
Survey
Survey
1936
$20,500,000
$12,000,000
$3,500,000
$5,000,000
1937
20,500,000
12,000,000
3,500,000
5,000,000
1938
20,500,000
12,000,000
3,500,000
5,000,000
1939
20,500,000
12,000,000
3,500,000
5,000,000
1940
20,500,000
12,000,000
3,500,000
5,000,000
$102,500,000
$60,000,000
$17,500,000
$25,000,000
2. Need: It is absolutely necessary to carry out the plans of
the National Resources Board that there be a budget sufficient to
take care of engineering, to select water and drainage area projects,
and to make available the basis information throughout the country
necessary for the surveys by the Board. The Geological Survey
and the Coast and Geodetic Survey should have sufficient funds to
do the base work over the entire country.
Regraded Unclassifie
# Total
: Per cent
: Amount
183
: Estimated per : Amount
: amount
self-
: liquidated,
: (millions liquidating
: cent liquida- : liquidated,
: assuming no
: tion with
: of
: assuming some
: assuming no
: defaults
: allowance
: dollars) : defaults
: defaults
: (millions of
: for some
: (millions of
:
:
1. Non-Federal Projects;
: dollars)
: defaults
: dollars)
7,500
50
3,750
50
A 50 per cent grant is equivalent to
3,750
an amortized loan of 52 years without in-
terest, assuming a 3% rate; at 4%, 41 years.
In addition some allowance would also have
to be made for defaults.
2. Urban Housing:
6,000
46.1
2,766
38.5
A 60 year amortized loan without interest
2,310
would give B. return of assuming a 3%
rate. If payments are collected for only 40
of the 60 years, the return is equal to 38.5%.
Additional losses will result from failures
to pay principal. Other losses will occur
through selection of poor location, etc.
3. Rural Housing:
2,000
65.3
1,306
49.6
992
A 30 year amortized loan without interest
would give B. return of 65.3%, assuming a 3%
rate. If payments are collected for only 20
years of the 30 years the return is equal to
49.6%. The projects are for most part 6X-
perimental and it is difficult to estimate
losses resulting from the unsuccessful ventures
4. Grade Crossings:
1,200
none
none
none
none
Express Highways:
1,200
none
none
none
none
5. Railroads:
550
91.5
503.25
86.5
475.75
A waiver of 3% for 3 years is equal to
91.5% return. If no interest is paid and no
principal until 4th year, the return is equal
to 72.8% Subsidy is probably not large enough
to induce borrowing of the amount indicated.
6. Rural Electrification:
300
74.4
223.20
74.4
223.20
A 20 year amortized loan without interest
is equal to 74.4% return assuming B. 3) return.
7. Federal Self-liquidating:
645
none
none
none
none
8. Federal Projects:
2,7501
none
none
none
none
Total
22,145
38.6
8,548.45
55.0
7,750.95
1/This figure includes 250 million dollars per year or 1,250 million dollars which is equivalent to the
government's regular expenditures for construction over B term of years.
Regraded Unclassified
Relations
belongs_to
belongs_to